Wanderlust Crew

  • Switzerland
  • The Netherlands
  • National Parks
  • Affording Travel
  • Photography
  • Responsible Travel
  • Worldschool
  • Wanderlust Guides
  • Travel Planning
  • Work with Us

Europe , Ireland , Scotland , Travel

The perfect scotland and ireland itinerary.

The Perfect Scotland and Ireland Itinerary

Trips to Ireland and Scotland are some of my favorites to help plan. Both countries are some of my favorites and they can be easily combined. This Scotland and Ireland itinerary will help you plan the best trip!

ireland and scotland itinerary

This post contains affiliate links.

  • Should I go to Scotland or Ireland?

I often get asked by my readers which trip they should take, Ireland or Scotland? While both destinations are amazing and beautiful with so much to offer, and I always try to help them make the right choice for their needs, I don’t think this has to be an either-or choice. If you’re really struggling with the Ireland vs Scotland debate, why not choose both? When you use this itinerary to travel to Ireland and Scotland you’re getting the best of both worlds within two weeks.

Here's a Short Cut

Best Time to Visit Ireland and Scotland

Fly between scotland and ireland, ferry from ireland to scotland, ireland and scotland tours, ireland scotland map, scotland and ireland itinerary, day 1: arrive in dublin, day 2: explore dublin, day 3 & 4: take an overnight trip to the west of ireland, day 5: wicklow mountains, day 6 & 7: northern ireland and back to dublin, days 1-2: explore edinburgh , day 3: scottish highlands, days 4-6: isle of skye, day 7: depart from edinburgh.

The best time to visit Ireland and Scotland is usually off-peak in shoulder season between April-May and September-October. If you go to Ireland and Scotland during these times you’ll avoid the crowds, but still be able to enjoy nicer weather than in the winter.

Getting Between Scotland and Ireland

Trips to Ireland and Scotland offer the best of both worlds and can be done affordably too. Getting from Ireland to Scotland is easy and affordable. There are many companies that offer Ireland and Scotland tours that are great, or you can choose to take the trip on your own.

There are plenty of cheap flights from Ireland to Scotland and from Scotland to Ireland. You can fly with Ryanair for as little as $21 USD! Honestly, that’s cheaper than the cost of a nice dinner! So if you really are having a hard time deciding between Ireland and Scotland, go ahead and do both!

Learn how to find cheap flights to and from Ireland and Scotland by reading my   guide to flying for cheap or nearly free here.

ferry from Ireland to Scotland

If you have your own car or are using this itinerary as part of a larger European trip, you might also consider taking the ferry from Ireland to Scotland or vice versa. This would also work if you’re planning to fly in and out of the same airport. However, if you are flying into Scotland or Ireland and plan to fly out of a different airport, I would not recommend taking the ferry. Especially since flights between Scotland and Ireland are so cheap! If you do decide to go for a rental car in one country and leave it in the other, it will cost you at least $1500 USD ($500 for a cross border fee and $500 for a one-way rental fee). And then you have the cost of the ferry on top of that which is a few hundred dollars. While sailing across the North Chanel is truly beautiful, It’s not worth the expense if you will be renting a car.

Visiting Ireland and Scotland can seem a little daunting on your own and tours can be a great way to go if you’re feeling a little nervous about it. These are some great Ireland and Scotland tours that will help you get a great overview of these two destinations:

This interactive map should help you plan your Ireland and Scotland itinerary. You can click on each destination to find more information.

I outline a great Ireland and Scotland itinerary below, but if you want to skip all the planning and simply use this downloadable, printable, detailed itinerary , you can find it here.

Ireland Scotland Itinerary

Get the Full Itinerary I’m giving you a detailed day-by-day Ireland and Scotland itinerary. You can do this itinerary in any order you wish, but this seemed the most logical to me. This itinerary begins in Ireland and ends in Scotland, where you can choose to fly home from, or simply fly back to Ireland for a round trip ticket. The choice is yours. I recommend flying in and out of wherever you can   get the best deals .  I generally find Ireland cheaper to fly to from the United States but have occasionally found great deals to Scotland as well.

Ireland could literally take you years to explore! So if you’re planning a trip to Ireland , I’m giving you just a week in this itinerary of things to do in Ireland , but I think it will show you some of the best places to visit in Ireland in a short amount of time. If you’re interested in a longer, more detailed trip to Ireland, you can check out my full  Ireland Itinerary. 

For the first day of your Scotland and Ireland vacation, arrive in Dublin airport and adjust to the time change. Dublin is Ireland’s capital city, so you’re sure to visit places while you’re here. Keep yourself awake until a reasonable hour (between 8 pm and 11 pm) and wake up early the next morning.

Now that you’re hopefully feeling well-rested and not too jet-lagged, it’s time to explore the capital of the Republic of Ireland. Don’t miss these stops in Dublin:

  • St. Patrick’s Cathedral
  • Dublin Castle
  • Christ Church Cathedral
  • Trinity College Library
  • St. Stephens Green
  • Lunch at Avoca Wool Shop & Cafe
  • Little Museum of London
  • Take a   Bus Tour   of Dublin
  • Howth Cliffs
  • Phoenix Park

Trips to Ireland and Scotland

Take an entire day to explore the west of Ireland. If you’re self-driving it will take about 3.5 hours to get to the west coast known as the Wild Atlantic Way. If you’re feeling nervous about driving in Ireland there are several great day trips from Galway that will take you to the west for this 2-day trip.  This amazing tour   explores the Cliffs of Moher, the Burren, and Killarney National Park, with an overnight stay in Dingle.

Ireland trip

Don’t miss these stops on your trip to the West:

  • Killarney National Park (learn more about   Killarney   here.)
  • Muckross House & Traditional Farm
  • Muckross Abbey
  • Killarney Town
  • Cliffs of Moher
  • Blarney Castle

County Wicklow mountains

Spend a day in the beautiful County Wicklow. Be sure not to miss these:

  • Powerscourt Estate: Dating back over 200 years, these are some of the most beautiful gardens in all of Ireland
  • Glendalough: Beautiful lakes surrounded by stunning mountains!
  • Silver Strand Beach: A beautiful and secluded beach
  • Wicklow Gaol: This old jail is a great place to learn some interesting and sad Irish history.
  • Wicklow Town: Adorable Irish town

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Spend two days in beautiful Northern Ireland! You can take the three-hour drive yourself or take  this great two-day tour   that will take you to all the best sites. Be sure not to miss these:

  • Carrick-a-Rede Rope Bridge
  • Giant’s Causeway
  • Dark Hedges

In between your exploration, make sure you also visit the city center and get to experience local dishes and listen to traditional Irish music while you’re in town!

Now that you’ve enjoyed a full week in Ireland, it’s time to hop over the Irish Channel and visit the beautiful and rugged Scotland! Most flights will take you into Edinburgh where you can either rent a car or spend a few days in the city then do some tours in the highlands. If you want to experience a great overview of the country, you can do my full  Scotland Itinerary.

Edinburgh

I normally like to advise people to get out of the big cities and explore the countryside, but Edinburgh has so much to offer that I think it’s worth spending at least 2 days here. You can learn about what to do in Edinburgh in  my detailed guide here,   but be sure not to miss these top spots:

  • Edinburgh Castle
  • Holyrood Palace
  • The Royal Mile
  • St. Gile’s Cathedral
  • Scott Monument
  • Grass Market
  • Princes Street Gardens
  • Take a    Harry Potter Walking Tour
  • Visit the Elephant House Cafe where JK Rowling ate
  • Victoria Street
  • Hike Arthur’s Seat
  • Calton Hill
  • Cairngorms National Park

If you’ve ever dreamed of staying in a castle, be sure to check out these awesome castle hotels in Scotland.

Scottish Highlands

Spend day 4 exploring the highlands of Scotland. Visit Inverness and try and find the Loch Ness Monster! You can drive here or take   this easy day tour from Edinburgh.   Be sure to read my   guide to the highlands   and don’t miss these sites:

  • Urquhart Castle
  • Fort William

Isle of Skye

You can’t visit Scotland without taking a trip to visit the breathtakingly beautiful Isle of Skye. It’s rugged beauty and history combined with its rugged island charm is sure to win your heart! Driving to the Isle of Skye can be a little scary if you don’t know what to expect. The roads are one lane so you must share the road with oncoming traffic. If you’re not comfortable driving in those conditions, it might be a good idea to take a tour to the Isle of Skye.

Rabbie’s does an amazing 3-day tour that comes with your own comedic  kilted tour guide to take you through the Isle of Skye while learning all about its interesting past and natural wonders. You can find the  tour here. 

Be sure to read   my complete guide to the Isle of Skye   before going.

Whether you decide to drive to the Isle of Skye on your own or take a tour, don’t miss these sites:

  • The Quiraing 
  • Old Man of Storr
  • Neist Point
  • Dunvegan Castle
  • Fairy Pools
  • Eilean Donan Castle
  • Museum of Island Life & Flora MacDonald’s Grave

On the last day of your Scotland and Ireland vacation, travel back to Edinburgh and either fly home from there or fly back to Dublin to fly home.

I hope this itinerary will help plan many trips to Ireland and Scotland. They are both such amazing destinations and I know you’ll love them! If you need help planning, please feel free to reach out  Facebook   or  Instagram , or send me an email me  [email protected]

Pin this for later

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Wanderlust Crew

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Finding the Universe

Travel tales, photography and a dash of humor

Cotswold252520village252520Castle252520Combe252520clouds_by_Laurence252520Norah25255B1125255D

2 Weeks in the UK – My Perfect UK Trip Itinerary

Last updated: April 16, 2024 . Written by Laurence Norah - 219 Comments

If you are looking for a two week UK itinerary which includes Ireland, you have come to the right place. This UK road trip itinerary has you starting in London, and using a rental car as the transportation method. It covers some of our highlights in the UK, including cities, castles, and stunning natural scenery.

I have spent a great deal of time living in and exploring the UK. I’ve drawn on my experiences travelling here to put together my perfect two week UK trip to help you plan your own trip.

This UK itinerary (which also includes Ireland) covers England, Scotland, Northern Ireland and Wales. It’s a self-drive road-trip, although could also be modified to support travel by public transport if you prefer.

If you haven’t driven in the UK before, do check out my guide to driving in the UK for helpful tips. We also have a guide to how much it costs to travel in the UK if you need budget planning help.

UK Two Week Itinerary - Alnwick Castle UK

Without further ado, allow me to present my two-week UK itinerary.

A 2 week UK Trip itinerary

This itinerary is very busy and fits a lot in, including time in Ireland. It is doable, but just be aware that it will be fast paced with quite a lot of driving. Naturally, you are welcome to take the itinerary and adjust it to meet your own interests and pace.

For example, many folks prefer to focus on the UK with their two weeks, and skip the island of Ireland, returning instead via the Lake District and Wales. However, if you want to see as much as possible, this itinerary is how to do it.

Days 1 & 2: London

The UK’s capital is one of my favourite cities in the world. It’s been hanging around for over 2000 years on the banks of the Thames, and there is just an incredible wealth of things to see, from historical sights, to amazing museums, to crazy street markets.

It’s a wonderfully walk-able capital, and you can easily take in the major central sights in a day or so, leaving you the second day to explore museums, art galleries, or go a little further afield and take in some of the other sights, from crumbling cemeteries to massive parks. And if all else fails, you will never be short on an incredible pub to while away some time before heading on.

For inspiration for your visit, take a look at our 2 day London itinerary , which covers the major highlights of the city, and also links to lots of other information about visiting, including tips on finding Harry Potter locations in London through to Winston Churchill locations in London – something for everyone!

My advice for London is to invest in an Oyster card to save money on your transport (don’t hire a car until you leave the capital) and if you think you’re going to use it, look into buying a London Pass to save money on London’s top attractions.

Available in 1, 3 and 6 day versions, as well as a version with an included Oyster card, the savings can really be quite impressive if you plan on visiting a few locations. You can read a full break down on when the London Pass is worth buying here , and buy one yourself here .

Finally, London is probably going to be the most expensive city in the UK for your accommodation. We recommend booking well in advance to get a good deal.

Some of our recommended accommodation options in London are:

The Walrus Bar and Hostel , The Z hotel in Shoreditch , Point A Hotel , Lime Tree Hotel and the  Resident Victoria Hotel . You can see more London hotel listings here on booking.com . We also love the curated apartments available on Plum Guide .

Once you have finished up exploring London, we suggest collecting your car hire and heading out of town. For car hire we recommend Discover Cars , they search all the major providers so you can compare and find the best deal for your trip.

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Days 3 & 4: Oxford & the Cotswolds

One of the stipulations of the original question was the wish to avoid feeling too much like a tourist. Unfortunately, this is nearly impossible in Oxford , as nearly everyone there is either a tourist or a student. I lived in and around Oxford for a number of years, and generally felt like a tourist most of that time too.

Part of the reason for that is that this tiny city is absolutely jam packed with incredible buildings, largely in the form of the Oxford Colleges. These are seriously wealthy establishments, who clearly had no problem flaunting that wealth in an architectural fashion back in the day.

Oxford Radcliffe Camera.png

This means that yes, it is full of people wandering around, mouths agape, at quite how pretty the whole thing is. Yes, it’s jam packed with tourists. But for good reason!

So strap that camera on and snap away. Then go for a punt on the river, and enjoy some Pimms or a cream tea. Seek out the Harry Potter filming locations . Take a walking tour of the Universities . There’s no shortage of way to fill your time!

Read more tips for spending a day in Oxford, here .

From Oxford you are also well located to take in the incredibly picturesque Cotswolds area – all quaint villages and rolling countryside. The England that everyone imagines England to be like, with country pubs, village greens and cricket ovals. Lovely stuff. Check out hotel prices for  Oxford here .

Days 5 & 6: Peak District and Manchester

From Oxford I’m going to suggest heading “up north”, towards the Peak District national park. Think rolling hills, quaint villages, and beautiful walks.

There are also some fabulous stately homes to visit , not to mention that on the way from Oxford you can stop off at Warwick Castle – one of the UK’s best-preserved castles.

If you’re interested in the industrial revolution in the UK I can highly recommend a visit to the city of Manchester.

Of course, if the industrial revolution isn’t your thing there are plenty of other reasons to visit Manchester, including excellent retail therapy, an awesome food scene, and a variety of architectural highlights. Not to mention the music scene!

You can see my guide to things to do in Manchester for lots more ideas, and you can see hotel prices for Manchester here .

One other thing you might consider as you pass through the Peak District and Manchester is a visit to Alton Towers . This is arguably the UK’s best known theme park, and would make for a great thrilling day out for those of you who like that sort of thing.

Day 7: York

Not that far from Manchester (England is so quaintly explorable!), the city of York is another of my favourite UK cities.

From the incredible Gothic York Minster (a climb to the top is highly recommended) to the winding, tumbled down alleyways of the shambles, to the Viking history – this is a city that just cries out for exploration.

York St Marys Abbey ruin church monastery

It’s also an awesome place if you’re into ghost stories. There are a whole number of ghost walks that take in the spooky past of York, so if you want an evening of entertainment and intrigue, likely accompanied with a number of fine drinking establishments, an evening ghost walk is a great bit of fun.

I’m not a great believer in this sort of thing usually, but I took a tour and thoroughly enjoyed it!

If you do plan on seeing a few things in York, you might save money with a York City Pass , which includes most of the attractions in the city as well as access to the York Sightseeing bus or York City Cruises. You can buy that in advance here .

For more York ideas, see our guide to spending two days in York , which has a comprehensive itinerary as well as tips on where to stay and how to get around.

For accommodation, you can check out and book the best York hotels here .

Days 8 & 9: Edinburgh via Northumberland

From York we’re going to wave farewell to England, and head up to Scotland’s capital city, Edinburgh. On the way though, you’ll be passing through some of England’s least travelled, yet stunningly beautiful, landscapes.

I am of course talking about Northumbria. From miles of deserted beach, to crumbling castles, to the Roman equivalent of the great wall of China, Northumbria really has a lot to offer someone looking for a slightly off the beaten track England experience. The rolling landscapes are breath-taking and you’ll find yourself alone much of the time. Worth taking a bit of time to explore, in my opinion.

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Then of course, it’s up to Edinburgh , where you’ll not be short of amazing things to look at. From Edinburgh castle, to Arthurs Seat, from fine whiskys, to Princes Street, there really is enough here for a number of days of entertainment. And if you visit during the Fringe festival… well… plan on being entertained for a good many weeks!

See more ideas on spending some time in Edinburgh in this detailed two day Edinburgh itinerary that I put together, as well as our guide to things to do in Edinburgh , our tips on visiting Edinburgh in winter , and our guide to finding Harry Potter in Edinburgh .

Then  check and book your Edinburgh hotels here.

Days 10 – 12: Ireland

Because the UK is an easily explorable place with decent roads and relatively short distances to drive, it is totally possible to include another country – Ireland! – in a trip like this if you’re up for it.

Do be aware that if you are renting a car, some car rental companies have restrictions on taking cars on ferries, or into other countries – so make sure you check before you go as there may be an additional fee to pay.

Of course, you could also fly to Ireland (Edinburgh to Belfast or Dublin for example), and use different rentals for different parts of your adventure!

If all that sounds like too much hard work, you could extend your time in Scotland, or alternatively, you could take in the west coast of the UK, including Glasgow , the Lake District, and Liverpool, as well as popping into Wales for the stunning Snowdonia national park, and rejoin this itinerary in South Wales or Bristol . The choice is yours!

If it is Ireland you want though, it’s a short ferry ride from Scotland (Cairnryan to be precise, which is 2-3 hour drive from Edinburgh) across to Belfast in Northern Ireland, from where you can spend a few days exploring the Emerald Isle.

We have travelled from Cairnryan with both Stena Line and P&O Ferries, both of which have been a fast, comfortable and efficient service. We normally use Direct Ferries for ferry booking as they compare prices across all the providers and support payment in multple currencies. You can book your ferry tickets here .

This part of the world has a lot to offer, and three days is quite a short amount of time. We can recommend spending some time in Belfast and driving north along the causeway coastal route to see such highlights as the Giant’s Causeway, ruined castles and spectacular coastline. Then, head south into Ireland, and see fabulous Dublin.

Guinness sign Dublin brewery

I’ve explored Dublin and her surroundings, taken a trip down to the Dingle Peninsula , kissed the Blarney Stone at Blarney Castle, gazed at the Cliffs of Moher ,  and visited the Dark Hedges of Game of Thrones fame – to name but a few of our wonderful experience on the Irish Isle.

In Dublin there’s the Guinness Factory, of course, as a popular highlight, but also oodles of Gaelic history and culture to get excited about.

There are also of course the Irish people, well known for their love of a good time! Personally, I’d head on down the coast from Belfast, through Dublin and down to the port of Rosslare, where after three exciting days in Ireland another ferry service will whisk you across to the last of the four countries to make up the UK: Wales!

Day 13: South Wales and Cardiff

In Wales you will arrive either at Fishguard or Pembroke – both excellent places to explore the Pembrokeshire Coast national park . Here you will find beautiful beaches, rugged cliffs, and fabulous opportunities for walking.

You’re also not too far a drive from Cardiff, the Welsh capital. Four capitals in a fortnight – not bad going! Here you’ll find castles, sporting venues and more Welsh based culture than you can shake a stick at. Plus, arrive at the right time of year and you’ll find the Great British Cheese festival in full swing. What’s not to be excited about? For more about travelling in Wales and highlights along this route, see our detailed Wales road trip itinerary .

Find and book your Cardiff hotels here .

Day 14: Bristol & Bath

From Cardiff you’ll cross the enormous Severn estuary over the impress Severn road bridge and be back in the UK, or Bristol to be precise. Here you’ll find all sorts of interesting items of historical interest, largely running on a nautical theme, as well as some of the best street art in Britain .

For over a thousand years Bristol has been an important English port. From early explorers and traders, to the dark years of the African slave vessels, to filling Australia with immigrants, it is hard to understate the role that Bristol has played in Britain’s sea faring history. There is, after all, a reason for the expression “ship-shape and Bristol fashion” having a place in the English language.

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

I can highly recommend taking a trip round the SS Great Britain when you’re in Bristol. Built in 1843, and designed by the engineering genius who was Isambard Kingdom Brunel – the man who almost single-handedly revolutionised both engineering and public transport in the UK.

The SS Great Britain is notable as being the first steamer to cross the Atlantic – setting a record pace for the time of 14 days. An amazing bit of history. Note that tickets are slightly cheaper if you book them online, which you can do online here .

For more ideas in Bristol, check out our guide to things to do in Bristol , which should give you plenty of ideas to fill your time. Find the best prices on Bristol hotels and book here .

From Bristol it’s on to the Roman spa city of Bath, a world heritage site. Like Oxford , this is a difficult place to be anything other than a tourist, but it is so worth it all the same!

Day 15: Back to London, via Stonehenge!

Our last day of our just over two week UK itinerary takes us back to London. No trip to the UK though would really be complete without taking in perhaps our most famous monument – the circle of rocks known as Stonehenge.

There is just something about the place that makes you wonder. A circle of rocks, built by a people who had nothing but their hands and some bits of wood to help them out, in the middle of the Wiltshire countryside, hundreds of miles from an actual quarry, is just mind blowing.

Add in the pagan ritualism, the relationship between the rocks and the sun, and the sheer mystery of the place, and you have somewhere that is capable of really capturing the imagination. Worth your time to visit (see more thoughts from a trip to Stonehenge here ).

Plus, while you’re there you can pop into Salisbury and enjoy the cathedral, which boasts the highest cathedral spire of any church in the UK.

And then… back to London, where this tour finishes!

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

2 Weeks in the UK: Road Trip Map

Here’s a map of the route , for your reference.

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

2 Week UK Itinerary Summary

  • Days 1 & 2 : London
  • Days 3 & 4 : Oxford & the Cotswolds
  • Days 5 & 6 : Peak District and Manchester
  • Day 7 : York
  • Days 8 & 9 : Edinburgh via Northumberland
  • Days 10 – 12 : Ireland
  • Day 13 : South Wales and Cardiff
  • Day 14 : Bristol & Bath
  • Day 15 : Back to London, via Stonehenge!

Can you do this 2 Week UK itinerary by public transport?

A popular question from readers is whether or not this itinerary can be done by public transport. I appreciate that of course not everyone wants to drive in the UK, and the answer, for the most part, is yes.

Certainly, between the major cities on the itinerary there are good rail and/or bus links, with the train usually being a little faster. The main challenge is the rural sections of the route – for example, exploring the Cotswolds, Northumbria or the Peak District. This is possible using local buses of course, but it can definitely slow you down a fair bit, and so you would need to adjust the itinerary a little to fit the schedule.

Another option is to add in some days in London or Edinburgh, and doing some specific day trips from these cities to take in the out of town attractions.

For example, there is this  day trip from London that takes in highlights such as Bath and Stonehenge. Then, for Northumbria and the Scottish Borders, including beautiful Alnwick Castle, consider this tour from Edinburgh .

If you are interested in doing this itinerary by public transport, check out my guide to taking a 10 day UK trip by public transport, which as well as a route, has lots of ideas for how to book different forms of transport in the most effective and cost-efficient way.

What About Touring the UK With A Tour Company?

Another popular question is whether or not this sort of trip can be done with a tour company, and if we have any companies we would recommend for this.

So you have a few options for doing this which I have outlined below.

The first option is to take a group tour of the UK. There are a number of companies offering small group tours – we’d recommend finding a service which operates tours of 15 people or less. We usually use and recommend Rabbie’s Trail Burners , who operate trips around the UK and Ireland, and have a number of tour options to choose from.

We haven’t found a tour that exactly matches our UK wide itinerary, but we still have a solution for those of you wanting the do a similar trip as part of a guided tour.

First, we recommend you spend two or three days in London, following our suggested London itinerary .

Next, we recommend you take something similar to this small group tour , which takes eight days to take you from London to Edinburgh.

In Edinburgh, you can spend a couple of days following our Edinburgh itinerary , after which you can easily fly to either Belfast or Dublin direct from Edinburgh.

Here you can either explore these lovely cities, or take a tour to explore more of the country, we’d recommend either this three day tour of Northern Ireland  or this three day tour of the southern and western coast .

Alternatively, if you’d prefer to skip Ireland, you could take something like this five day tour of the Scottish Highlands and Skye .

Finally, you can either return to London, or have your flights home depart from Dublin or Edinburgh, depending on your tour choice.

The other option is a bespoke tour company and/or a private tour guide, who will be able to put a tour together for you, including guiding, transport and accommodation.

Of all the options, this will generally be the most expensive way to travel, but it will also give you total flexibility in terms of your trip and schedule, plus you’ll have a guide with you every step of the way, taking all the hassle out of your trip.

For this sort of tour, we recommend the services of Robina Brown, who is a blue-badge guide offering tours across the UK. See her website here .

When to Visit the UK

You can visit the UK at any time of year, although for the best weather and longer daylight hours, we’d definitely suggest visiting in the warmer months – from May to September. May is probably our favourite time of year, the weather is usually quite reasonable but the tourist crowds are not too intense.

Christmas, and the period leading up to Christmas, can also be a wonderful time to visit, when the streets and shops are all brightly lit and decorated for the festive season. For a good example of this, check out our guide to visiting Edinburgh at Christmas .

Where to Stay in the UK:

For accommodation , there are a great many options to choose from, ranging from cosy B&B’s through to upmarket hotels, and everything in between. Finding the best deal on your accommodation is an important part of trip planning – helping you to get the most from your budget, as well as find the property that is right for you.

  • We’ve tried a lot of booking sites, and nearly always find ourselves using Booking.com. They have an extensive selection of properties, many with no-fee cancellation policies, and often run discounts and special offers. Click on each city title to see their listings:  London , Oxford ,  Manchester , York , Edinburgh , Dublin , Cardiff and Bristol .
  • If you prefer an apartment or more of a hosted stay, then we recommend Plum Guide . We’ve tried all the others, and in our experience Plum Guide consistently has the highest quality options for the locations they are available.
  • If you can’t find what you want on Plum Guide, or you want some new options to try out, we wrote a whole post on the best alternatives to AirBnB , as well as a guide to our favourite holiday cottage accommodation in the UK , which you should check out!

Between these options, you should find the best prices and places to stay for your trip, as well as a good selection of reviews and feedback to help you make an informed decision.

How to Get Around the UK

For this kind of trip I also obviously recommend that you look into renting a car. We have used and can recommend Enterprise Car Rental , they usually have great rates, especially for one way rentals. We also recommend comparing car prices using a service like Discover Cars , which compares prices across a range of providers to help you find the best deal.

A hire car will give you a lot more flexibility than public transport, and prices are generally fairly reasonable. However, if you would prefer to do a trip like this by public transport instead of driving yourself, check out our UK itinerary by public transport for ideas.

Another option for travelling in the UK is to hire a motorhome. Whilst this might not be practical for a city focused trip, you might prefer it if you are planning on visiting more rural locations.

For campervan rental we suggest checking out Motorhome Republic . They offer a campervans from a range of companies at different price points, so you can find the right one for you. You can see their UK listings here .

Further reading for your UK Trip

We’ve got lots of resources to help you plan your trip to the UK, from posts we’ve written ourselves to third party content we’re happy to recommend. Here it is:

  • If you want a shorter trip, taking in some more off the beaten path destinations, check out this one week itinerary of the UK that I put together. If you’d prefer not to drive yourself, we also have a 10 day UK itinerary by public transport .
  • To prepare for your trip to the UK, we’ve put together a detailed UK packing list which covers both London and the wider UK at any time of year
  • This is a self-drive trip, so you should definitely check out our guide to driving in the UK for helpful tips.
  • We also have a guide to how much it costs to travel in the UK  which will help you cost out a trip like this.
  • A guide to driving Scotland’s epic North Coast 500 , as well as accommodation options on the North Coast 500
  • When you’re near Glasgow, you should check out the beautiful Devil’s Pulpit in Finnich Glen
  • A two day Edinburgh itinerary & 21 Highlights in Edinburgh
  • Edinburgh: Getting off the beaten path
  • A Two Day Glasgow and Loch Lomond itinerary
  • A guide to 10 of the best Stately Homes in England , to give you some ideas as you plan your itinerary
  • For London, we have some detailed itineraries to help you plan your visit. These include a 1 Day London Itinerary , a Two Day London itinerary and a Six Day London itinerary
  • The top Harry Potter sites in London
  • The Best Photography Locations in London
  • Tips on Buying and Using the London Pass
  • Eight Things to Do in Kensington
  • The Highlights of Oxford
  • Our guide to things to do in Cambridge
  • Visiting Blenheim Palace and the Cotswolds
  • 20 Things To Do in Dublin , a 2 day Dublin itinerary and a 3 day Dublin itinerary
  • A Guide to Touring the Scottish Borders
  • Getting online when travelling in a foreign country can be daunting – check out our guide to getting online when travelling to help you figure out the best options for your trip
  • If you’re interested in getting better photos when you travel, take a look at my online photography course , where I’ll teach you everything you need to know about getting better photos – whatever camera you have!
  • If you want a physical (or digital!) book to accompany your travels, then Amazon do a good line in UK Travel Guides , and there is naturally a Lonely Planet and a Rough Guide to the UK available.

If you’re planning on visiting a number of historical properties, there are a couple of options you have for saving money as a visitor to the UK. Two main organisations exist to preserve these properties, the National Trust, and English Heritage.

Both of these organisations offer specific passes for visitors to the UK, which represent great value for money for visitors.

For the National Trust you can pick up a National Trust touring pass . This is valid for 7 or 14 days, and gives you access to every National Trust property in the England, Wales and Northern Ireland.

For English Heritage , you can get an English Heritage Overseas Visitor Pass . This is valid for 9 or 16 days, and gives you access to every English Heritage property in the UK.

Alternatively, you can also buy a full membership to these organisations, which will last a full year. You can buy an English Heritage Membership here and a National Trust membership here .

So those were my thoughts for taking in a slightly longer than two week trip in the UK. I’ve obviously missed out a great number of places, as no two week trip can possibly hope to see everything, but I’d like to think I covered a great many highlights of this truly fascinating country.

As always, if you’ve got any thoughts on this post, do hit up the comments below!

A detailed two week itinerary for a trip around the UK, taking in cultural highlights, national parks, four countries and four capital cities!

Enjoyed this post? Why not share it!

There are 219 comments on this post

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

25th February 2024 at 6:30 pm

Hello, we are planning a trip this summer. On my list is scotch tasting in Islay. How many days should we add? Do you have any recommendations?

Laurence Norah says

25th February 2024 at 9:28 pm

Sure thing. Islay is beautiful and very much worth a visit. I’d suggest spending a couple of day at least if you can spare it as it takes a bit of time to get to and from the island and there is plenty to see and do there. I have a guide to things to do on Islay which might help. In terms of whisky distilleries, if you have a favourite whisky that I’d obviously recommend going to that distillery. My favourite whisky is Laphroaig, so I enjoyed visiting that distillery particularly. However my guide to Islay lists all the currently active ones so you can make a choice as to which one you prefer.

Have a great trip!

Marcelo Gurgel says

18th January 2024 at 11:52 pm

Hello ! Your post is very good ! I would like to do a similar tour, but on a motorcycle. Including Isle of Man where the TT Isle of Man race will take place. Please for I leave the bike on the London side and take the Ferry by foot and the best option? Cheaper in this case? How much do ferries generally cost? Where do I search for tickets and itineraries? Thanks a lot for the help !

19th January 2024 at 12:02 am

Hi Marcelo,

Thank you! So the only company which operates ferries to the Isle of Man is the Isle of Man Steam Packet Company, and the best way to book a ferry is directly on their website here . They operate services from Heysham, Liverpool, Belfast and Dublin.

If you plan on visiting during the TT race then you should book as soon as you can as this is a very popular event.

The price will vary depennding on when you go but it is definitely less expensive to go as a foot passenger. Looking at a route, it’s around £40 – £50 one way for a foot passenger, and £120 – £140 for a passenger with a bike. However, remember that you will need to pay to park your bike somewhere secure, and you will also need to have transport on the Isle of Man. Also, at more popular times, such as during the TT races, prices can be higher.

I hope this helps, let me know if you have any more questions! Safe travels!

PAUL BASILE says

10th December 2023 at 10:20 pm

stumbled across your blog and was pleasantly surprised! my wife and I will arrive in London on 6/19/24 in advance of Wimbledon where we’ll be staying from 7/5 though 7/10. we want to sorta do your route in reverse, heading out of London straight away renting a car, and heading out. we have around 2 weeks and want to start heading to Ireleand, then Scotland, then visiting cousins in Durham in northern GB, returning car in London before wimbeldon.

would love to get some advice on that reverse route, forgoing the London stuff until later, but wanting your insights on anything else! thanks in advance!

13th December 2023 at 12:19 am

It’s great to hear from you. So you can do the route either way without any issue. The main thing if you do decide to include Ireland is to be sure to check if the car rental company you choose allows you to take the car on a ferry to Ireland. Some will and some won’t, you’ll just want to confirm before booking. Otherwise I think you have the structure of a good itinerary. You can follow my route and just adjust it to suit your interests and available time. I’d definitely recommend booking in advance for places to stay and the ferries as you are coming at a popular time for travel so things will start to book up. Otherwise, just have a great time and let me know if you have any questions!

13th December 2023 at 2:38 am

Lawrence….thanks so much…great info on the ferry and booking places….do you have a fav booking site for places to stay?

13th December 2023 at 3:37 am

It’s my pleasure! We primarily use Booking.com when we travel because we like the filters. We usually filter by rating (8+) and then depending on the trip things like having free parking (handy for a road trip). Then things like WiFi, laundry, free breakfast, free cancellation, depending on what we are doing. Also like that you can apply the filters to the map view (again, handy for road trips). You can also book apartments. We also use various other sites depending on where we are going, some places have more AirBnB options. In the UK we also book holiday cottages but for a trip like yours which will likely have more shorter stops I’d say hotels or B&Bs are likely to be an easier option as apartments often have the extra overhead of needing to arrange check in and check out times.

Let me know if I can help any further 🙂

Linda Haddock says

2nd December 2023 at 7:38 am

Hello, thank you for this helpful blog! Do you have any recommendations on when, where and what to include for sites for a JRR Tolkien fan?

2nd December 2023 at 8:46 pm

It’s my pleasure. So Oxford would be my main recommendation as it was here that Tolkien studied and worked. Fun side story, a dear friend of mine was Tolkien’s Doctor and knew him well, although he has now passed. Anyway, Tolkien studied at Exeter Collge in Oxford and was also a fellow at Pembroke College and Merton College, so many of the sights in Oxford like the Radcliffe Camera and Ashmolean museum would be of interest. The Bodeleian Library in Oxford (the Radcliffe Camera is part of this) does have the originals of many of his works but these are not usually on display unfortunately.

I hope this helps a bit! Have a lovely time in the UK and do let me know if you need any more input 🙂

Ingrid Ermanovics says

24th May 2022 at 3:45 pm

Hi, Love your blog. I hear that the traffic in July can be daunting and cause very long delays. As such, would you still recommend a private car hire (car rental)? Or have other suggestions to avoid the issue? Thanks!!

24th May 2022 at 4:33 pm

Thanks very much! So in my experience, the main factors that contribute to traffic in the UK are road works, which can happen at any time, and travelling at specific times. For example, when there is a public holiday on a Monday or Friday, this tends to lead to a lot of holiday traffic. So avoiding those dates makes a lot of sense. July is not particularly worse in my experience, it can be a bit heavier, but it’s not normally awful unless you are unlucky and encounter an accident, or there are road works. I would advise against trips on Friday or Sunday afternoons, as this is when the traffic can be quite bad at any time of year as people go away for or come back from the weekends.

I’d also advise using an app like Google maps with real time traffic, and trying to plan your travel times so they don’t align with the busier times of day. In general though, i would still recommend using a car rental even in July 🙂

I hope this helps!

Debbie Hebert says

16th May 2022 at 12:16 am

Hi Laurence and Jessica, this trip looks super fun and we are looking to visit July-Aug of this year starting in Dublin (as the airfare is best to there from our home in New Orleans). Just a few questions. Would you suggest going North or South from Dublin? How many miles is the entire itinerary? Is there is a stretch where we could ditch the rental car and take the train and then pick up another car? And/or if we drop off the car before and after London and train in which cities would be best to do that? Thank you so much!

16th May 2022 at 3:11 pm

Thanks Debbie!

So I’d probably recommend dropping the rental car in Belfast or Dublin and then flying across to Cardiff or Edinburgh, depending which way you go. Many car rental firms don’t allow for rentals to be taken on the ferry, plus you have to pay more to transport a car, so this would likely save you money.

Direction wise in Ireland, it really depends what you want to see. In the Republic of Ireland you have lovely landscapes and places like the Dingle peninsula and Ring of Kerry. If you head north to Belfast (also a lovely city), then you can visit places like the Giant’s Causeway and the Coastal Causeway route.

Putting a mileage total on the entire itinerary is tricky as there are likely to be many detours but I’d say a ballpark of 1500 – 2000 miles seems about right. In terms of areas where you can drop the car and take public transport, a lot of this will depend on what you want to see. If you are happy with primarily cities, then you can easily get around between cities with a train instead of a car. So for example, Edinburgh to York, York to Manchester, Manchester to Bath and Bath to Oxford would all work. Then if there were specific day trips you wanted to do there’s the option to either rent a car for that day, or take a day tour. But if you are thinking of spending more time in the countryside and smaller towns, then a car would be a lot less useful. I’d definitely recommend against taking a car into London, and dropping it off somewhere like Oxford or Reading before taking the train into London.

Farooq Ghouri says

6th May 2022 at 2:56 am

Hi Laurence and Jessica We are visiting UK this summer for two weeks. Your two weeks itinerary is great resource for us. I wonder how we can squeeze Wales in it . Any suggestions will be much appreciated We will be using rental car Sincerely Farooq Ghouri from Chicago USA

6th May 2022 at 9:44 am

Thanks very much! So the southern part of Wales is included in this trip on the return from Ireland. However, if you wanted to add Wales your main option would be to do it as you drive north, or to consider skipping Ireland and to drive back down through Wales to Bath. The second option might be easier as it cuts down having to think about a ferry / flight across to Ireland, but it’s up to you. This itinerary is already very busy, so adding more to it as it exists would be a bit of a challenge in my opinion.

Let me know if I can offer any further advice, and have a great time in the UK!

6th May 2022 at 5:06 pm

Thank you much Laurence I will keep your suggestion in mind when finalizing the itinerary

Heather says

28th April 2022 at 2:35 am

I noticed your recommended the The Resident Victoria and I was wondering if I could ask you a few questions. I will be travelling with 3 people, one of which is a full time wheelchair user. Do you think the room size is adequate for a 5 day visit? Did you happen to notice if the showers were roll in or a wet room with chair? I realize most hotels only have accessible showers and whatnot in certain rooms so will understand if you don’t know. I found your travel blog a month ago and love it. Thanks from Canada

28th April 2022 at 12:01 pm

Hi Heather,

Sure thing. So, the first thing to be aware of is that rooms in central London tend to be quite small, especially if you are used to the size of hotel rooms in North America. Another thing to be aware of is that baths are quite common, and having a shower over the bath rather than a separate stall is also fairly common. So if looking for an accessible room it’s really important to specify that, and it’s always worth checking with the hotel what that actually means.

I would say that none of the rooms in the Resident Victoria would really be suitable for three adults to share for a longer stay, if that was what you were thinking. The superior rooms do have the option for three single beds, but these are not accessible rooms. In general, the rooms are fairly compact and I think a wheelchair user in particular would struggle in their standard rooms.

If you were thinking of separate rooms, some of their King Rooms are accessible so that would be an option. I called the hotel this morning and they confirmed that it is their King rooms which are accessible and the showers in these rooms are fully roll in. The toilets and sinks are also accessible. They can also provide a chair in the shower if you want. However these are definitely rooms for two people.

I hope this answers your question! The property is very well located for sure. Let me know if I can offer any further advice. I also have a full guide to where to stay in London which has a lot more options 🙂

13th April 2022 at 11:47 pm

Hi Laurence,

Was very interesting to read this trip. But it’s more suitable for adults without kids to travell to Ireland within two weeks. Can you please look for following trip plan: We are 2 adults + 2 kids (12 and 10) for 14 days. My daughter likes Harry Potter, so preference on these kind of attractions. So i wanted to divided for following parts: 1. London 5 days –>>> museums, parks and so on. 2. Warner Bros. Studio Tour London 1 day 3. Oxford or Cambridge .. yet not decided… for one day + Windsor Castle 4. Rent a car(or by train) and drive to the north >> York 1 day Manchester + Alton Towers – 1 day 5. Drive to south Birmingham (Cadbury world + other attractions) – 1 day Costwolds area – 1 day Bath + Stonehenge – 1 day Total 12 + 2 days (driving + bufffer for other changes during the trip)

Do you think is it good? What to add or remove? Or continue to Edinburgh and cancel some places in current trip? Thanks in advance Sam

14th April 2022 at 11:23 am

Great to hear from you. I agree, trying to include Ireland on the trip would be challenging with family. I think your itinerary sounds good, spending more time focusing on a smaller number of areas is a good choice. For your options, I think I might suggest Oxford over Cambridge if your daughter likes Harry Potter as there are quite a few filming locations in Oxford (see the Oxford section of our Harry Potter guide here ). I would also probably allocate a whole day to Oxford and maybe do Windsor Castle on one of your days in London. Oxford is very easy to reach by train from London so makes an easy day trip, but the day might feel rushed if you include Windsor as well.

I think otherwise your itinerary sounds good. A car will make things easier for sure, especially for things like exploring the Cotswolds and getting to Alton Towers. These are doable by public transport but it will take up valuable time. I also think focusing on England is a good idea. Depending on how much of a Harry Potter fan your daughter is you might consider stopping at Gloucester as well to see Gloucester Cathedral, which was used for various Hogwarts scenes .It’s a spectacular cathedral and lovely city in its own right as well, easy to see in 2-3 hours between Birmingham and Bath before dipping into the Cotswolds.

Have a great trip – let me know if you have any questions!

Vincent Choo says

12th April 2022 at 11:04 am

Laurence, My family and I ( 4 of us intend to tour Great Britain for 2 weeks before joining our friends in Belfast to continue another 10 days covering the island of Ireland. We intend to travel with a combination of car, train , ferry and air and hope to have your recommendation on which sectors should I use the above modes of transport. The intineary is roughly the same as your 2 weeks ( loop from London and ends there ) Thank You

12th April 2022 at 2:43 pm

Hi Vincent!

This is a great question, and the answer will come down to both budget and your interests.

If you are primarily interested in cities and larger towns, then travelling by rail might be easier for the majority of your trip. You can get between most cities and towns quite easily by train, and if you book well in advance you can also get cheap fares. You can also use a Friends & Family railcard to save even more. Travelling by train has the advantage that you don’t have to worry about car rental costs, fuel costs and finding car parking, the latter of which can be a challenge in many cities. I’d definitely advise against a car in London at the very least.

If you prefer a mix of city sightseeing and countryside, then a car is going to be more useful as most countryside sights and places like the Lake District are going to be a lot easier to get to and around with your own vehicle. I’d just suggest leaving the car out of the London part of the trip, and remembering to think about parking and fuel prices as part of your budget. I think a car might end up being slightly more expensive than public transport, but honestly the car rental market is so turbulent these days it’s hard to know without doing the math.

My recommendation would be to fly to Ireland – low cost flights with budget airlines will likely be the best option, and most car rental companies actually don’t allow for their vehicles to go on a ferry. Then you could pick up a hire car in Ireland on arrival.

It sounds like you have a great trip planned – let me know if I can offer any more input!

Sanchay says

7th April 2022 at 8:05 pm

Hello, Im planning a 2 week trip which shall include England, Wales, Ireland and Scotland during the month of October 2022. Is it feasible to cover all the places in 2 weeks considering that we are a group of 6 adults and 2 children ( 11 and 12 yrs) or shall we skip any of the destinations. We shall use Public transport in London and prefer Self drive cars / Trains / Ferries elsewhere. I also want to know if you could share some ranch stays where in we can stay and enjoy the country side instead of hotels. Awaiting your kind suggestion

Thanks and Regards 🙂

8th April 2022 at 11:04 am

Hi Sanchay,

Thanks for your comment. So I would probably recommend that you focus on maybe a couple of countries so you can enjoy yourself a bit more. I would probably recommend perhaps the mainland UK, as the extra effort required to get across to Ireland will eat into your time with two weeks. So perhaps a trip which includes London and Edinburgh, and then areas like the Lake District and / or Wales. One thing to be aware of is that the weather in October can be a bit variable, so spending more time in the cities might be more appealing rather than the country side where the weather might not be suitable for a lot of outdoor activities. Of course, you might be lucky and get good weather, but this is not guaranteed.

For ranch stays, probably the closest in the UK would be countryside B&Bs. Some farms do have accommodation option, and there are some lovely self catering options in the country as well.

Have a great trip and let me know if you have any further questions!

Derek Bowen says

2nd June 2021 at 5:16 pm

A really good trip, but I would skip Manchester and head right up through Rawtenstall, up through Burnley and Nelson. This would be a really good look at the cotton industry as well a real feel of northern England, as well as the best fish and chips. Then carry on up through Skipton, trying to time market day, and over to York, which is a must.

3rd June 2021 at 12:53 pm

Thank you Derek! For sure, there are so many ways to change this route depending on interests, and your suggestion is a good one 😀

Patrick Russell says

22nd March 2021 at 5:18 pm

This is absolutely amazing itinerary. What would a rough cost be for a trip like this? Minus airfare, and passports.

Thank you, Patrick

22nd March 2021 at 5:23 pm

Thanks Patrick! So it will vary quite a bit depending on your travel style. The main costs on a trip like this are transport, accommodation, food and attraction entry. Accommodation will obviously depend on how comfortable you like to travel, and food will also vary a lot depending on if you prefer fine dining or simpler fare.

To help cost a trip like this I put a guide to the costs of travelling in the UK in a post, which should give you some guidance 🙂

https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/cost-travel-uk/

Hope this helps!

Matthew says

8th December 2020 at 2:51 pm

Interesting itinerary. As a British person, rather than a traveller, my comment would be it doesn’t have much of the coast in, though I understand the time constraints. But a trip to the UK with no seaside towns! At least add Brighton, easy to reach from London. Dorset isn’t too far either, and has a fantastic coast. Also, Chester is beautiful and well worth inclusion.

8th December 2020 at 2:52 pm

Hey Matthew,

Great feedback. When I wrote this guide initially it was in response to a specific request, but of course there is so much of the UK that it doesn’t cover for various reasons (including time restraints!). I always encourage folks to use it as a rough guide, but to modify it for their own interests 🙂

Thanks for stopping by!

Tammy Howard says

25th February 2020 at 11:07 pm

Dear Laurence,

Thank you so much for this itinerary. It is fabulous!! We would like to sleep in a castle while on our trip. Are there any that you know of that allow this along this route?

26th February 2020 at 11:20 am

Dear Tammy,

My pleasure! So yes, there are quite a few options along the route, depending on your budget. Some options to consider:

Thornbury Castle – just north of Bristol

Glenapp Castle – just south of the Scotland – Ireland ferry crossing. We’ve stayed here and it’s wonderful

Kilkea Castle Hotel – south of Dublin. We’ve also stayed here.

Cringletie Castle Hotel – about a 40 minute drive south of Edinburgh. Another of our favourites.

Of course, this is just a small selection – there are many more across the UK to choose from, at a range of budgets. One tip when staying in a castle hotel – some of them have built more rooms outside the castle itself. So make sure when booking that you get a room that inside the castle (I think otherwise it sort of defeats the point!).

Have a great trip, let me know if you have any more questions!

Abdiaziz says

29th February 2020 at 8:27 am

How much will I pay if I want to travel next month

29th February 2020 at 10:14 am

Hi Abdiaziz,

March is not too busy a month for travel in the UK, so prices should be reasonable. To figure out your costs for this trip, see our guide to how much it costs to travel in the UK 🙂

Dhaval says

3rd February 2020 at 9:17 am

Hi Laurence, Thanks a lot for this amazing itinerary. We are a group of 4 adults + 4 kids (1Y,3Y,5Y,7Y) and are planning a 15 days trip to the UK. This will be our first time. Can you please assist us with the below queries:-

1. Considering we have small kids, what is the best mode of transport to travel from London to Edinburgh to Dublin? Should we keep one separate day for travelling in our itinerary? We will also have Kids Strollers everywhere we travel. 2. We want to do Day tours from London to Oxford, Cotswold, Stonehenge, Bath etc keeping our base in London. But few of my friends suggested that the Local operators don’t include kids below 5Years and we will be forced to take a rent a car. Any suggestions? 3. Also if we follow your above itinerary, can you guide us the exact cities in which we need to book our apartments/hotels to avoid hassle-free travelling.

Thanks a lot in Advance. Cheers 🙂

3rd February 2020 at 2:45 pm

My pleasure 🙂 I will do my best to help of course. To answer your questions:

1 – From London to Edinburgh I would recommend the train. This takes around 4.5 hours and will be a lot quicker than driving / taking a bus, plus you will have more space for your stroller / bags etc. You could fly too, but as it will take time to check everything in, go through security etc, I think the train will be easier. Just be sure to book your train well in advance to get a good price, and be aware that if you book a ticket in advance, you must take the booked train, the ticket will not work on a different train, even on the same day.

For Edinburgh to Dublin, your only option is realistically to fly.

2 – This is correct, for safety reasons most group tours do not accept children under a certain age, which is often 5. However, you can instead book a private tour. For a group of eight of you this should not work out much more expensive than a normal tour, plus you will be able to customise the itinerary. So I would advise reaching out to private tour operators who should be able to assist.

3 – All the cities are in the itinerary, you would need to stay in whichever ones you want to visit that don’t fall within the day tours you wish to take from London.

I hope this helps – have a great trip and let me know if I can help any further,

Serafina Macdonald says

11th January 2020 at 9:09 pm

Hi there, we are planning a trip to England, Scotland, and Ireland at the beginning of July. We are thinking about 16-18 days. I looked at your itinerary and love your suggestions! My husband does want to spend a half-day in Liverpool and I think we can tweak your itinerary to fit it in and try to do Isle of Skye as well. Since we do have the few extra days at the end of the trip, do you think it would be worthwhile to travel over to the other coast of Ireland to explore that side? (Galway, Aran Islands). Would love some suggestions.

11th January 2020 at 9:18 pm

Hi Serafina!

So Liverpool would definitely be an easy addition to the itinerary. The Isle of Skye is a bit more of a trek, as it’s a five hour drive each way from Edinburgh, so I’d suggest allocating at least 3 days for that, one day each for the drive and one day to actually explore. So do keep that in mind.

For Ireland, absolutely. The west coast is stunning, and if you can find time to head over there I would definitely suggest doing so. There’s a lot to see over there, so the hardest part will be choosing, but certainly the Cliffs of Moher, Dingle Peninsula and Ring of Kerry are some good candidates for your shortlist 🙂

Have a great time, and let me know if you have any more questions!

12th January 2020 at 2:15 pm

Thanks so much! Looking forward to this trip!

3rd December 2019 at 9:40 am

Dear Laurence, This is the first time I visit UK so could you help give a good advice to have plan visit UK during time 24th Dec- 08th Jan

Thanks Duong

3rd December 2019 at 6:11 pm

Thanks for your message. The majority of the information you need should be available on the site, both in this post and in the posts I link to. I am happy to try and help answer any specific questions you might have – is there anything in particular you are worried about?

The main things I would suggest, depending on where you are travelling from, are to plan what you want to see, to plan your accommodation and transport, and to pack properly for winter. Obviously you are visiting over Christmas and New Year, which is a busy time of year, so if you have not booked your accommodation yet you will definitely want to look into that, especially over New Year as that can be a busy time for both travel and accommodation.

Let me know if I can offer any more specific help for your trip,

Hang Tran says

26th November 2019 at 3:59 pm

Hi Laurence, Thank you for your advice and emails. I was able to put together our 2-week itinerary in England. I changed our lodging to London instead of Heathrow and booked different places when we travel around with our Britrail passes. I can’t say thank you enough. It’s very helpful for us. We will stay in London (3 days), Edinburgh (3 days:Edinburgh and York), Bristol for 5 days, Bath for 2 days and travel to other nearby cities (Stonehenge, Oxford, Cardiff) by train to make one-day trip. Is it right time to visit Cardiff in winter? If not, do you have any other places to spend a day? We’re thinking about Liverpool but it takes about 3-hours ride. If so, what should we can see in such a short time in Liverpool? We never ride a train before so we don’t mind riding the train everyday and enjoy the view together.

26th November 2019 at 5:20 pm

I am so pleased to have been able to help you and to hopefully make your trip a memorable one. It sounds like you have a wonderful itinerary planned now.

I would say that Cardiff is fine to visit in winter. Like many cities in the UK, lots of the attractions are indoors, so you can visit at any time of year and have a good time. Obviously you’ll want to dress warmly, but this will be the same all around the UK. Cardiff will definitely be one of the easier places to visit given its proximity. Another option would be Birmingham. I think I would probably not do Liverpool from Bristol – the 3 hour trip each way would be 6 hours on a train, so I don’t think you’d really have enough time to enjoy the city.

Let me know if I can be of any further help! We actually live in Bath too, so maybe we’ll see you 😉

28th November 2019 at 5:30 am

Hi Laurence, Thank you for the suggestion. We will look into Birmingham instead of Liverpool. We might be able to meet you for breakfast or lunch in Bath on Dec 22 or 23. I was able to find a place to stay that we can walk up or down the street to get to Bath Spa. Everything is in walking distance. Thanks to you again.

Sincerely, Hang

28th November 2019 at 7:22 pm

My pleasure – have a lovely trip. Do pop a comment here or send me an e-mail if you have some free time!

Laurel says

9th October 2019 at 7:23 am

Hi, love your itinerary of the UK. It includes much of what we want to see. Howev r, we are a senior couple of nomads from Australia and we are trying to organise a four week trip of the UK and Ireland including the islands off Scotland but we are steam train buffs and have the 10 best day trips on steam trains to try to include. Do you help with itinerary planning to include as many of these as we can but in some sort of order? If not can you head us in the right direction? We don’t need London as we have a couple of days there prior to a cruise of Norway. Is it feasible to do this trip in September and will he days still be long and fairly warm? Thanks in anticipation for your advice.

9th October 2019 at 6:16 pm

Thanks very much! So we don’t offer custom itinerary planning as it’s quite a time intensive process. We’re happy to answer specific questions and help where we can of course. Steam trains aren’t really an area of expertise though!

I can definitely answer your questions about September – I’d say September is a great month to travel. If you are lucky it might still be reasonably warm (recent years have been lovely in September), but you skip the crowds of the summer months and the schools will have gone back as well. September and May are our favourite months to travel. Of course, this is the UK, so rain and cooler weather is certainly possible (although you can get this in July and August as well!), so it’s always best to be prepared with layers of clothing, but you should be fine generally. The days will still be long, light until around 8pm depending on which part of the month you visit 🙂

Have a great trip, and let me know if I can answer any more specifics!

Kevin Ortyl says

19th September 2019 at 6:51 pm

Love the website and your two-week itinerary. Very easy to follow.. So glad we found your site. Need advice please… (Coming from Boston, USA) Thinking of a two-week vacation late August 2020 (family of 4… 2 college age kids) flying into London and out of Dublin. So similar trip you outlined but not returning to Heathrow once in Ireland. Planning on rental car and driving everywhere. Can the one way car rental work in this scenario (London, Scotland, ferry to the Emerald Isle, drop rental at Dublin)? Second Q… if we were to eliminate the Wales back to London segment how would you fill in that itinerary staying in Ireland?

19th September 2019 at 7:20 pm

Thanks very much. So dropping off the car in a different country might be a challenge. Most car rental companies will let you drop the car off in a different part of the same country, but as the Republic of Ireland is separate from the UK, that would likely be a challenge. So your best option is probably to rent the car in the UK, then drop it off at Edinburgh airport and fly to Dublin, then pick up a new rental there.

For your time in Ireland, you have a lot of options! If you are looking for a road trip the Causeway Coastal Route in northern Ireland is a favourite of ours, and the Wild Atlantic Way is also a great drive. Of course there is so much to see in Ireland and Northern Ireland depending on what you are interested in, with both Dublin and Belfast being worth a visit. It would just depend if you wanted to do more city or more country 🙂

Let me know if I can be of any more help – we have quite a few posts on Ireland as well on the site with some ideas!

19th September 2019 at 9:58 pm

Thank you for the reply, and the good information regarding rental cars.

To follow up, once in Ireland probably interested in seeing some of the quaint cities/towns, visit the pubs, little urban culture, castles, etc and those types of places in lieu of say hiking and biking. Hoping of course between destinations to see beautiful countryside and such!

20th September 2019 at 9:02 am

My pleasure 🙂 So I would suggest that driving the Causeway Coastal Route ( https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/causeway-coastal-route-northern-ireland/ ) Might be a good option 🙂

4th September 2019 at 2:13 am

Hi Laurence, I really like the two week trip itenerary. We’ll will be driving and are experienced with that. We’d like to see some worthy gardens along the suggested route. Any ideas?

4th September 2019 at 7:02 pm

Certainly. The gardens at Alnwick Castle are wonderful, as are the gardens at many of the stately homes in the UK (you can see our list of good stately homes in England here ). Not all of them have gardens of course, but that’s a good starting point. Many cities also have botanic gardens, including Edinburgh and Kew Gardens in London, which are well worth the visit.

I hope this helps a little 🙂

Rachel Sales says

16th August 2019 at 5:15 am

Hi! This post gave me lots of ideas. However, can you help me out in modifying this itinerary which will make Edinburgh as the last stop? My flight booking is DXB-LHR, EDI-DXB. I thought it will be nice it it’s an onward journey and not have to go back to my starting point. Thank you in advance!

16th August 2019 at 12:12 pm

Glad to be able to help! So as this itinerary is a loop, it’s a bit challenging to modify it that easily. My suggestion would perhaps be to drop Ireland from your trip, and instead to spend more time in Scotland. So you could follow the itinerary up to Edinburgh, and then add in time exploring more of Scotland before returning to Edinburgh. Let me know your thoughts,

Robin Major says

13th August 2019 at 12:53 am

Hello Lawrence,

I just found and love this site!! I’m trying to plan a 25th wedding anniversary trip for next September (2020) to surprise my hubby.

He’s never been to Europe. I was fortunate enough to get two and half lovely days in London a couple years back courtesy of my employer.

I’m not sure if what I want to do is totally doable though… No driving.. we would do transit and rail… I’m thinking a week in Britian and a week in Scotland. Maybe fly into London, spend two full days exploring the sites.. then I’m sort of lost. We are interested in Castles, love the supernatural aspect of York so that will be a must, definitely want to see Stonehenge.. and as odd as it sounds, my parents did Sherwood Forest and Nottingham on their 25th Wedding Anniversary many years ago so wondering if that would be a recommendation? Just not sure of the logistics for a week in Britian.. where to stay etc.

For Scotland, again, Castles and we are both big Outlander fans so we’ve have to see Loch Ness, Inverness and any and all sites made famous by Outlander. I am thinking a week up there and we fly home from either Glasgow or Edinburgh.

Do you have any suggestions/recommendations on an itinerary for us? I would greatly appreciate any knowledge you wish to share with me.

Thank you so much! Robin

13th August 2019 at 10:19 am

Thanks very much! It certainly would be possible 🙂 I’ve actually written a 10 day UK itinerary by public transport. Whilst the route isn’t exactly what you want, the post does have some useful information to help you plan your trip, especially around booking the trains etc. If you’ve not seen that post yet, it’s here:

https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/10-day-uk-itinerary-public-transport-train-bus/

Regarding your specific itinerary, I would suggest you start in London as you suggest. You could then take a day tour from London out to Stonehenge. This is doable by public transport, but is way easier as a day tour, plus they usually have some extra stops like Bath. You can read our guide to doing that here:

https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/Stonehenge-bath-cotswolds-day-trip-from-london/

So Nottingham is nice (I went to university there), but with limited time I wouldn’t say it was a must do. My suggestion would be to take the train from London to Oxford, and then up to York. A day in each location would work. You are now up to five days in England. Castles are a bit tricky by public transport as many of them are out of cities. I would perhaps suggest extending your time in London and taking the extra day to visit either Windsor Castle or Hampton Court Palace. From York you could head up to Durham which is a beautiful cathedral city.

From Durham the train to Edinburgh is not too far. I’d suggest basing yourself in Edinburgh for at least three days. Two days to explore the city, and then one day to take an Outlander tour. We have specifically done 1 day tour with Rabbies , and thought it was great. We have more suggested day tours from Edinburgh here:

https://independenttravelcats.com/day-trips-from-edinburgh-scotland/

From Edinburgh our recommendation would then be to take the train up to Inverness, from where you can explore more castles, Loch Ness and the Highlands. Again, plenty to do in this area, and there are lots of great day trips to plan. You can see our guide to some of the best here:

https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/day-trips-from-inverness-scotland/

I think that should give you plenty to work with – let me know if you have any more questions!

8th August 2019 at 9:35 pm

I just found this page and so glad I did especially your “Best Stately Homes in England” We will be visiting England and Scotland for 2weeks October 16-29, 2019 and I am excited about your itinerary. We have been to Northern Ireland (once)and Republic of Ireland (4 times) so we can leave those out, so are there any other places you might suggest? My husband has driven every time we have visited Ireland so he can handle a manual transmission. We land at Gatwick Airport and I thought we could head to Edinburgh via a easterly route and return to London via a westerly route. We do not have to travel only motorways but don’t wait too many small country lanes (did plenty of those in Ireland). Any suggestions you could make would be greatly appreciated. Love Manor Houses, Castles, rolling landscape, waterfalls, quaint English market towns or villages, etc. THANKS

9th August 2019 at 8:54 am

Sounds like you have a great trip planned, and I will certainly do my best to help. It sounds like your route is pretty good already, coming down the west side of the UK gives you the chance to pop into the Lake District, explore towns like Chester, and even larger cities like Birmingham. In terms of stately homes, well, I would obviously recommend the majority of those in my post on stately homes. I’d also add Edinburgh Castle of course if you like castles, as well as the more ruined Craigmillar Castle on the outskirts of Edinburgh. Alnwick Castle on the way up through Northumberland is stunning, as are many of the other castles in Northumberland, like Bamburgh and dunstanburgh. For rolling hills and greenery, the Lake District is lovely, but I can also recommend the Hadrian’s Wall area of Northumberland, particularly the area near Housesteads.

For quaint English towns, of course the Cotswolds would be by number one pick. The counties of Kent and Dorset are also good options.

I think that should get you started, let me know if you need some more ideas!

Christine Greentaner says

5th August 2019 at 12:26 pm

Hello!! I stumbled on your site asking google if I could do the this kind of trip and wow, here you are! Unsure of the driving though since we zero experience. However, this two week itinerary gives us something to start thinking about. Thank you so much!! Christine

7th August 2019 at 2:52 pm

Hi Christine!

Driving in the UK is definitely a bit different, especially if you are coming from a country where they drive on the right hand side. Also, if you’re coming from the USA, be aware that most cars in the UK have manual transmissions, so when you rent a car if you are not used to driving a manual you should specify an auto. I have a guide to driving in the Uk which you might also find useful 🙂

https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/tips-for-driving-in-the-uk/

Let me know if you have any questions, and have a great trip!

Danie marais says

11th July 2019 at 8:54 pm

What will it cost for 2 adults

12th July 2019 at 4:17 am

Hi Danie – this really depends on your travel style – you can see a guide to how much travel in the UK costs here for some estimates: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/cost-travel-uk/

Margaret says

9th July 2019 at 6:29 am

HI , Just wanted to ask. I am getting a little a little worried,as our trip is getting closer and closer. Your site has helped so much. Does this sound ok to do. Day 1 arrive late afternoon explore Paddinton. Day 2 & 3 follow your 2 day guide of london sites. Day 4 train to oxford, free 2 hour tour. free time to explore oxford Day 5 train back to oxford ,pick up car. Drive to Cotswold explore.. Drive on up to peak district stay over night . 1 night Day 6 explore peak district , drive to Manchester and york .explore. Now I am unsure to travel to the Lake district Or follow onto Alnwick. as some people say not to miss out on the lake district. We dont have enought time to cut back over to Alnwick unsure . We arrive in paddington on the 20th want to leave Edinburgh 31st. So take into account at least 2 night in Edinburgh and head onto Belfast. We will then explore Belfast and Dublin for 2 weeks as we have friends there. follow onto wales Bath but we do want to stay in Southampton for two days once again friends. Can you get to Heathrow airport from Southampton We have 5.5 weeks for this trip but I do want to spend time with friends in Belfast and Dublin. I am so over whelmed .

10th July 2019 at 5:43 am

Hi Margaret!

First, I’m delighted we’ve been able to help 🙂

Your comment covers a few points so I will try to help where I can. For your itinerary, the first six days look good, the only feedback I would offer is that trying to do the Peak District, Manchester and York in one day is likely going to be too much. Even Manchester and York in one day is quite a bit. York would need at least four hours to fully enjoy it, so I might suggest skipping Manchester unless you are particularly invested in it.

For your Lake District dilemma, I can’t really answer this for you. Everyone has a different idea as to what is “unmissable”, so it really depends on your priorities and interests. The Lake District is certainly very pretty, but so is much of the UK 😉

From Southampton you can definitely get to Heathrow airport. It takes around 2 hours by train. It’s not a direct train though, so you do have to change, but it shouldn’t be too difficult. If you would prefer a direct route, I believe National Express operates a coach service between the two locations.

I think for the rest of your trip you might want to reach out to your friends and ask for their advice in terms of what to see and do. I would try to relax and enjoy yourself instead of trying to see everything and becoming overwhelmed if you can. Travel is definitely a bit of work, but ultimately it is supposed to be fun. I always find that the less planned adventures are the more fun ones. So certainly come up with a framework, but don’t spend too much time worrying about it to the tiniest detail, as it will likely detract from the enjoyment.

22nd July 2019 at 4:35 am

Thank you Laurence, Your advice is so helpful. I have added days, so we can get the most out of our trip 2 days in the Peak District, Manchester and 1 day for York. Now I am on the end part of our trip and once again would like some advice. : After spending 18 days exploring Ireland. We will be catching the ferry to Wales. 20th Fishguard pick up car, early afternoon explore the country driving towards Cardiff, Bristol Question : Unsure as to time length of time needed

I was thinking, see Cardiff, then drive towards Bristol arrive around tea time. sleep overnight and have full day to explore Bristol. 21st after exploring Bristol drive towards Bath. arrive around tea time, find somewhere to sleep for 2 nights (21st and 22nd) 22nd full day to explore Bath. 23 th drive toward Stonehenge, Amesbury, drive onto southamption return Car

24th southamption .explore Southamption see family member. we need to be at Hearthrow airport on the 26th at 9:20 flight take off , My next question is , Should I return to paddington for the 25th so I can get the express train to airport , Is my flight to early to return from southamption. Once again . please guide me. Margaret

22nd July 2019 at 6:03 pm

Hi Margaret,

My pleasure! I will try to help again. Your timings for Bristol / Bath etc seem reasonable. They are very close together, my only advice is to avoid travelling at rush hour (4pm – 6pm), as it will make your journey much longer due to the traffic.

For your second question, in theory you could get from Southampton to Heathrow in time, but it’s around a 2 – 2.5 hour journey. You’d want to check train times for the day you are going, but the earliest trains are around 5am based on my research, so you would get to Heathrow around 7.30am. So yes, it’s possible, but it depends how happy you are with an early start and also the risk of any train delays. Up to you, but personally I avoid early mornings at all costs, so would personally probably just find a hotel near Heathrow 😉

Diana Cottrell says

1st July 2019 at 1:57 am

Loved seeing your site. Very helpful since I’m trying to plan a driving vacation for my husband and myself and really didn’t know were to start. I have some questions but will start with only one. We were in London last year but I could go again. Loved it. Hubby sick and had a different feeling. Would it be hard for someone from the US to land at Heathrow and rent a car…then drive to Windsor right after landing? Is it far enough out of London to get comfortable with driving on a different side of the road?

1st July 2019 at 10:18 pm

So, funny story, after passing my UK driving test the first thing I did was rent a car and drive out of Heathrow! I’m not sure I’d exactly recommend it, you’d be driving onto one of the busiest motorways in the UK (our equivalent of a freeway) which might be quite stressful. It’s possible of course, and I’m sure many people do it, but I would advise caution. Also, make sure you specify you want an automatic as most cars in the UK are manual 🙂

3rd July 2019 at 12:01 am

Thanks for the information. Think we’ll skip Heathrow. How would landing in Edinburgh, then heading up through Scotland and back down England (maybe to Bath). Then going up through York and returning back to Edinburgh to return car.

3rd July 2019 at 2:57 pm

That would likely work quite well. My only advice, if you plan on spending time in Edinburgh, is not to pick up the hire car until you leave, as you won’t need it in the city and you’ll just be paying for car rental and parking for no good reason – the city is very walkable.

6th July 2019 at 11:11 pm

Thanks so much. Will start planning.

Amanda says

23rd June 2019 at 5:59 pm

This is such a great detailed itinerary! We are planning to get a rental car in Cambridge and then driving to Scotland from there, so some of these places we will definitely have to visit! I do have one question, about renting a car. Is there a boarder crossing fee or any other type of fee the rental company could charge to go from England to Scotland? We are planning to do a one-way trip so I know there is a fee for that, but in terms of crossing between the two countries is there a fee? When I read about the boarding crossing fee it was unclear to me if that is only if we leave the UK?

Thank so much!

23rd June 2019 at 6:02 pm

Thanks very much! There’s no fee or anything like that for crossing into Scotland, it’s not really a border like that. It’s all part of the UK, so it’s one country.

Opal joiner says

18th June 2019 at 1:37 pm

Hi Do I need to purchase a London pass and a heritage pass? Or just one pass?

18th June 2019 at 7:05 pm

It depends what you want to see and where you are travelling, but for London the London Pass will cover the majority of the attractions 🙂 I definitely recommend checking what they cover before purchasing though 🙂

Chris Ryan says

17th June 2019 at 8:44 am

From an English persons point of view this is an excellent itinerary. It would be good to include the Lake District and Snowdonia but to cover all this in two weeks would be a nightmare and far too much time on the road. The average Brit would allow at least a month for the whole trip. If only two weeks available I would suggest you save Ireland for another time, it’s sacrilage not to explore more of that country, and maybe see more of the west of Scotland instead.

17th June 2019 at 11:06 am

Thanks very much 🙂 I agree, I was actually born in Snowdonia and that part of the world is wonderful. Have spent many happy weekends camping in the Lakes as well. The itinerary was in response to a specific request – we normally encourage folks to slow down where possible and spend more time seeing and less time travelling, but unfortunately many people don’t have much leave to play with and want to try and see as much as possible 🙂

Lillie says

15th June 2019 at 2:56 pm

Hi! So glad to have stumbled upon your site, as I am planning this trip to the UK in October, and I didn’t even know where to begin. I like the idea of doing all the traveling by road ourselves since we’ll be traveling with our baby who will be 9 month old at the time. I was thinking 10 days, including Ireland, but would you consider that possible? We are really interested in doing the whiskey distillery tours in Scotland and anything and everything related to Harry Potter. We’re also interested in visiting landmarks like the cliffs and stonehenge. We’re usually good at squeezing in a lot in our vacations, but this will be the first time we travel with our son, so I don’t want to set ourselves up for failure either. Any advice on what to cut out or if we need to lengthen the trip?

15th June 2019 at 8:38 pm

So, first off, I have to say that we’re not really experts on travelling with children as we don’t have any of our own. So any advice I offer you is based on what friends and other readers have shared with us about the logistics of travelling with a young person. Of course, everyone’s experience will also be different.

Generally, most folks say that you definitely need to slow down when travelling with young children, as you have to factor in things like feeding, changes and so on. This will definitely vary though depending on age and individual personalities 😉

That said, you are trying to do a great deal in 10 days. Scotland and England are around a 6 – 7 hour drive apart, and if you want to get up into the Highlands you’re looking at another few hours. To then add Ireland would make it more of a challenge for sure. It’s not impossible of course, but it would definitely be rushed. It might be that you would be best off focusing on Ireland and Scotland on this trip, perhaps five days in each, rather than trying to see everything and just having a stressful time. Alternatively, add 3 or 4 days and include some time in England 🙂

I hope this helps a bit!

Ashok Agarwal says

15th June 2019 at 6:01 am

Wow. I looked up the WWW for a 2 week itinerary for the UK and am glad I clicked on your site, from the numerous options that sprang up. The information contained here is so so exhaustive. Not only did I get a fantastic plan but ab amazing read, too. We are planning our first visit to the UK in October and are going to follow your tips to the T. You guys are fantastic. Thanks.

15th June 2019 at 11:04 am

Thanks very much Ashok! Much appreciated 🙂

9th June 2019 at 9:56 am

Dear Laurence!

Thank you SOOOOO much for your inspirational itinerary and all other articles you provide here. They’re great help!

We are going to spend 15 days in UK in August and this is cause we’ve planned to take our son to Warner Bros HP Studio as we are all massive HP fans :). We’ll start and finish in London, though initially we want to hire a car at the airport and start a trip and spend couple of days in London in the end.

Could you kindly give us some advice / decide whether it is possible, to plan a trip considering these simple priorities: 1) we’d love to see Scotland with its green hills, waterfalls etc. 2) we would really like to visit Snowdonia 3) I guess Stonehenge is sth 8-year-old traveler to England must see 4) I personally have dreamt all my life too see PUFFINS (I mean – free puffins) 5) we can skip Irelnad, no problem 😉

I must admit – reading about UK – I am getting a bit lost in huge amount if options and sites one must visit, so I’d be grateful for some advice.

10th June 2019 at 10:57 am

My pleasure 🙂

So my first tip, if you haven’t already booked the Harry Potter Studio Tour is to do it as soon as possible as it books out well in advance 🙂 I also have a guide to visiting which you might have already seen, but just in case you haven’t, it’s here:

https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/taking-a-harry-potter-studio-tour-everything-you-need-to-know/

Then, on to the question of your itinerary. Assuming two days in London, that gives you around 12 – 13 days to play with. I would suggest you spend them as follows. Given that you are Harry Potter fans I’m also including some HP filming locations you might enjoy 😉

Day 1 – head to Oxford, overnight here. Lots of awesome history, plus lots of Harry Potter filming locations to explore. Day 2 – head to Bath via Stonehenge Day 3 – head up to Snowdonia. Will be a bit of a drive, but worth it. I’d advise a couple of days in Snowdonia to do some hiking and exploring the towns, castles etc. The roads are slower here so it will take longer go get around

Day 5 – Head across to York Day 6 – Drive up to Alnwick Castle, another HP filming location. Then continue on to Edinburgh. Day 7 & 8, Edinburgh. Lots to see, lovely castle. Where Rowling wrote many of the HP books. Note the Edinburgh festival will be on so the city will be very busy. If you decide to stay in Edinburgh, you need to book now. Also, if you want to see puffins, the Isle of May just near Edinburgh is one of the best places to get up close to them. You need to book a trip, which you can do here: https://seabird-centre.seafari-edinburgh.co.uk/forth-ferry-and-isle-of-may

Day 9 – head across to Loch Lomond and the Trossachs. Overnight here or in Oban Day 10 – head up to Fort William / Glencoe. You can ride the HP train from here, or go see the viaduct at least Day 11 – head down to Glasgow, overnight Day 12 – drive down to Liverpool, overnight Day 13 – return to London.

I would say that would be a good way to do it! We have lots more info on Harry Potter sites if you are interested: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/london-harry-potter-locations/ https://independenttravelcats.com/guide-top-harry-potter-sites-in-edinburgh-scotland-jk-rowling/ https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/harry-potter-filming-locations-uk/ https://independenttravelcats.com/harry-potter-filming-locations-in-scotland/

10th June 2019 at 8:52 pm

Thank you a lot for your advice! The plan sounds great and we are definitely going to follow it step by step :)))

with best regards!

7th June 2019 at 9:00 am

Hi, what a great article! However, do you have any tips for hire car? Are there any fees/ extra charge or need to notice the supplier that the road trip route is involve Wales, Ireland and Scotland?

7th June 2019 at 8:37 pm

Thanks very much!

For driving in Wales and Scotland it won’t matter because they are part of the united Kingdom, so it’s still the same country.

The republic of Ireland however is a separate country, plus you have to take a ferry to get there. So that would be something you would need to check with the rental agency.

S. Steinback says

26th May 2019 at 9:16 am

Hi, my daughter and I are leaving mid August to the UK for 2 weeks. We are planning to start our trip in London. Then wanted to see Brighton, Cornwall, Wales and Scotland. We also want to see Bath and Oxford too. Is this doable using the train? We are unsure of how we should book our traveling using train, car or bus. Can you provide and manageable itinerary and recommendations on how we should travel from each place on a 2 week trip?

26th May 2019 at 11:04 am

Hi Sabrina,

So you should be able to see most of what you want to see by train. As an example, I’d suggest:

2 days in London 1 day in Brighton (train to Brighton takes about an hour, so can be done as a day trip from London or overnight) 1 day in Oxford (1 hour train from London to Oxford, overnight in Oxford) 1 day in Bath (1 hr 40 minute train from Oxford to Bath, overnight in Bath) 2 days in Cornwall (around 3 hours by train from Bath to Cornwall. You might want to take a tour in Cornwall as there is less public transport to get around) 3 days in Wales (train from Cornwall to Cardiff is around 3 – 4hours, but then you will have to plan how to get around Wales. Again a tour might be easiest) 3 days in Scotland (you can either fly from Cardiff to Glasgow / Edinburgh, or take the train, but the train will take around 8 hours)

I’d also suggest looking into Rabbie’s Trail Burners . They do a number of tours from London which might suit what you want to do and save you the hassle of planning. These cover the majority of the destinations you want to visit.

I hope this helps a bit with your planning!

Ed Hyland says

17th April 2019 at 12:01 am

Thankyou for your guide it was really helpful I am living in Argentina and j am planning on bringing Argentinian tourists to Wales and central England on a tour of castles and important historical sites .I plan on bringing groups of around 10 people and using a rented mini bus to move around. Do you have any helpful tips as this will be our first tour ,we are planning on visiting early September All the best .Ed,x

17th April 2019 at 10:56 am

My pleasure. So I don’t have any experience of running this kind of trip, so it’s tricky to give very specific advice. I am sure you have considered things like insurance and liability and so on, as well as any other legal requirements involved with running a tour.

THe only tips I have would be around admission to sights – there are usually group discounts available for attractions that you might be able to take advantage of, although you might need to call in advance to arrange these. I’d also advise to definitely book your accommodation in advance as you have a larger group.

Otherwise, I hope you have a great trip!

12th April 2019 at 12:04 am

I was planning this itinerary since I saw and had 15 days in the region. After more research I am now wondering what it takes to get a rental car from London to Ireland and back? Do you use the same car the entire trip, or would you switch cars at the water crossings in order to not have to pay to ferry the car across? Also I’ve heard rental agencies in England don’t really allow their rentals (or at least coverage) in Ireland? And yet another concern is time, I keep hearing that driving over there is quite a bit slower going than say the US, or by train, would this itinerary still give enough time to enjoy the locations or would it be quick stops and rushed in order to get to the next place? Sorry a lot of questions, just trying to decide if I need to break the trip up to just one or two countries. Thanks. And love you blogs and all the information and amazing photography.

12th April 2019 at 11:46 am

So it is certainly possible to take a hire car on the ferry, it just depends on the hire car company, and some of them charge a fee for doing so. Here’s an example of the Enterprise UK policy: https://www.enterprise.co.uk/en/help/faqs/driving-across-borders.html

Obviously you also then have to pay the ferry fee for the hire car as well. So an easier option to be honest is just to fly, for example to take a flight from Edinburgh to Belfast or Dublin. You would drop off the hire car in Edinburgh and pick up a new one in Belfast.

I appreciate this might be a bit of hassle, so certainly adjusting the itinerary so you skip Ireland is another option. In this case, I’d suggest either spending more time in Scotland, or coming down the west coast of the UK, visiting the Lakes and Wales.

The roads in the UK are definitely a bit busier and can also be slower than roads in the USA. This itinerary is definitely doable, but I’m always a fan of slowing down and seeing more, so that is a good option too 🙂

Let me know if you have any more questions!

David Cameron says

11th April 2019 at 1:56 pm

“You’ve packed up every possible solution in this one blog. I’m over the moon! I really am! How much would this trip cost, approximately? And if I’m going on this trip, Ireland will definitely be included coz from the moment I saw P.S I love you and Leap Year movie, I’ve been dreaming of visiting those places. Thank you. Thank you so much, Laurence !”

11th April 2019 at 2:04 pm

Thanks very much! So it’s hard to give an exact price as it will depend on your travel style. The best option is to cross reference this post with our guide to how much it costs to travel in the UK, which will let you come up with a budget based on your travel style 🙂

Have a great trip, and let me know if you have any more questions!

Usha Gupta says

10th April 2019 at 6:02 pm

Hi, we are travelling to London for a holiday from India. My 2 sons (29 & 27) and I are planning on spending 2 weeks in London and Wales. 13th-18th in London 19th-21st in Wales 22nd-26th in London Please advice how best to spend our holidays? We do not want to visit any of the normal places as we have seen n visited them all. What are the best places in wales to see and visit? We have not been to wales. Is it safe to take a road rrip from London to wales? Are 3 days in wales enough to get around? Pl advice

10th April 2019 at 6:52 pm

Well, there’s a huge amount to do and see in London beyond all the normal tourist things that you have likely already done. I can advise visiting Greenwich for example if you have not been out there already, and perhaps some of the palaces out of the city, like Kensington or Hampton Course. Sometimes we like to pick up the London Pass and visit some of the many attractions we’ve not been to before!

Wales is lovely but it is quite big so you will want to consider visiting a region. My favourite part of Wales is the northern part, including the Snowdonia national park and towns like Caernarfon, but there are many nice regions and places to visit. If you want to see more you will likely want a few more days in Wales.

It is certainly safe to take a road trip from London to Wales, of course, I can’t guarantee your safety, but it is no less safe than travel anywhere else in the UK 🙂

I hope this helps – have a great trip!

Usha gupta says

14th April 2019 at 3:24 am

Ty for you advise. We decided to spend all our time in London and do day trips, theatre etc.

14th April 2019 at 11:46 am

My pleasure. Enjoy!

Darlene Williams says

24th March 2019 at 6:10 pm

Lovely ideas here! My Granddaughter and I did a trip last summer to the Cotswolds, London and Paris. I’m thinking of a trip with my Granddaughter (18) in 2020 and would like to base myself in the Lakes District or Wales and take in Ireland and Scotland in a 2 week trip. Since I’ve been there I’ve decided I could probably drive it myself or possibly rent cars when needed and travel via train/bus/tours between Ireland & Scotland. I’m guessing the Highlands is probably out of reach for a 2 week trip? I would welcome your knowledge and suggestions. Thank you, Darlene

25th March 2019 at 3:44 pm

Thanks very much Darlene!

I would definitely recommend hiring a car for the Lakes – it’s a more remote part of the UK, and there are fewer public transport options, both for getting there, and for getting around. I would say that it would make for a good base, but just to be aware that the roads are not very fast in either the Lake District or Wales, so it can take a bit of time to get from place to place.

The Highlands would be achievable, but it would involve a great deal of driving, and if you wanted to head up there i would suggest that as a standalone trip, perhaps flying to Inverness (or overnight train from London), and then renting a car from there 🙂

Do let me know if I can provide any more specific information to help you plan!

Deep Shah says

22nd March 2019 at 5:43 am

Hello Laurence and Jessica,

It has been a pleasure reading about all your experiences in and around UK. I am planning to visit UK between April 22 and May 1. I am planning to start my trip from Edinburg cover a bit of scotland and than move on and end my trip in London.

Here is my itinerary Inverness (23 April) –> Isle of Skye (24 April) –> Fort William (25 April) –> Edinburgh (26 April) –> Jedburgh (27 April) –> York (28 April) –> Cambridge (29 April) –> Cotsworld (30 April) –> London (1 May)

Do you think this is doable? Or any particular section is too aggressive? Your help will really help me plan this better.

22nd March 2019 at 10:00 am

This is in theory do-able, but you will be spending a lot of time driving. From Inverness to the Isle of Skye is a 2.5 hour drive for example, and then there’s a lot to see and do on the island which will also require driving. If you are ok with lots of time driving then yes, this is doable, I just wanted to be sure you knew 🙂

24th March 2019 at 12:35 pm

Thanks for the reply. Yes, I am aware that we will have a lot of driving. But thats ok with me. Thanks again for your time. I have made the reservations to follow this itinerary. Will let you know how it goes.

Thanks for sharing all the information on your website.

24th March 2019 at 12:38 pm

My pleasure – have a great time and do let us know how it goes! You can drop in here or in our facebook group 🙂 https://www.facebook.com/groups/travelloversandphotography/

Omker Mahalanobish says

21st March 2019 at 5:22 pm

Thanks for your detailed itinerary. Looks exciting. By the way, could you please let me know, what should be the expected cost for the said trip? Further : I dont want to drive. Me and my wife would be travelling, and we would rather prefer a chauffer driven cab.

Thanks, Omker

21st March 2019 at 5:27 pm

I have a guide to how much it costs to travel in the UK here: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/cost-travel-uk/

However, if you want to travel with a private guide, this will generally cost in the region of £500 – £800 per day for the car / driver guide, and then you would need to add accommodation expenses and so on on top of that. We recommend Robina Brown for this sort of trip: http://driverguidetours.com/

Heather Reid says

20th March 2019 at 5:20 am

This site is the most perfect one for my needs. I am a solo traveler female aged 74 and I wish my 75th Birthday be spent on the next trip. If there be another solo person I would be happy to meet up before departure….male or female.

20th March 2019 at 12:49 pm

Thanks Heather – have a great trip, and we hope you find someone to travel with!

Phillip Armanas says

5th March 2019 at 12:20 am

Stumbled over your website while looking for ideas for a two week trip to the UK, glad I did. You’ve got a fantastic itinerary which includes a number of destinations my wife and I had in mind already. We are a retired couple, living in Australia six months of the year, and Atlanta, Georgia the other six months. This gives us great flexibility in travel terms, both in SE Asia and from the USA to many places including UK/Europe. A question I have is whether you have done any family history work on any of your travels? My ancestry is Scottish in the mid-1800s when my great-great-grandfather arrived into Port Adelaide, Australia. As yet we have been unable to track him accurately back into Scotland, but his surname is from a very ancient clan that can be traced back to the 13th century in Fife county. Have you any tips on places I might visit to pursue my elusive ghosts? Phill & Patti

5th March 2019 at 1:35 pm

Hi Phill & Patti!

We’re delighted you have found our content useful : ) So this isn’t something we have personally done, however I have some resources that might be helpful:

http://www.scottishgenealogyresearch.com/ https://www.visitscotland.com/see-do/research-your-ancestry/steps/ https://www.nrscotland.gov.uk/research/family-history https://www.nrscotland.gov.uk/research/local-family-history-centres

It helps if you know the person’s name you are researching and where they lived before leaving Scotland. If you know this, you can look for a local research center or records office or clan center. The Visit Scotland link above is a good place to start. The Scottish Genealogy Research is a professional service that will do research for you for a fee.

Good luck, and have a great trip!

Ronald Rieder says

15th February 2019 at 1:22 am

My wife and I would like to take your “ideal itinerary” beginning Sept. 30, 2019. Is there anyone or any group that we could join?

17th February 2019 at 3:56 pm

So this itinerary is a self guided tour for those wanting to drive themselves. However, we appreciate not everyone wants to do that, and we’ve put some suggested tours that will allow you to do a similar trip but in a group tour format. My suggestion for that would be to focus on England and Scotland, and to take this small group tour followed by this five day tour of the Scottish Highlands and Skye .

I hope this helps – let me know if I can offer any more advice!

Cass Baron says

11th February 2019 at 2:19 am

Laurence and Jessica, We are from Utah, United States and have never traveled abroad (except a short trip to Canada and a Western Caribbean cruise). It has been our dream to come to England and retrace our family history roots. We were looking for trip ideas that covered the areas for both a historical trip as well as a family roots trip. We found your site and loved everything that you have written about. We like the 2 week itinerary but don’t want to do the Ireland and Wales portion. We would like to include Nottingham and Hastings areas, do you have any suggestions to add these in for the same amount of time. We are planning on this May. Thanks!

11th February 2019 at 7:40 am

Certainly. I’d recommend Hastings first, then heading from there along to Stonehenge and Bath, then the Cotswolds and Oxford. From there, start heading north, with Nottingham your next stop, before continuing with the itinerary. You could even drop the car off in Edinburgh and fly out from there if you didn’t want to drive back down to London 🙂

I hope this helps – let me know if you have any more questions!

Lashaun says

5th February 2019 at 11:42 pm

Hello. If we skip the Ireland portion where should we extend our time or add another destination for the 2 week adventure? Also we’d like to see a football game, suggestions for city (Manchester, Liverpool?), tickets etc? thank you!

6th February 2019 at 10:36 am

I’d say you could extend by visiting the Lake District and northern Wales, or by heading further north into Scotland, where there’s lots to see. You definitely won’t have trouble finding places to see!

For football, if you don’t have a particular affiliate with a team, then Manchester will likely be a good option as they have the largest stadium. Tickets can be bought online in advance for any of the teams from their official websites, just be aware that they can sell out so you’ll want to book well in advance to be sure of getting a spot.

I hope this helps! have a great trip 🙂

Steve Geller says

2nd February 2019 at 3:10 am

Hi there, Curious if this itinerary, or part of it, could be done in a motorhome (midsize RV) for a family of 2 adults and 2 kids. I’ve never been to most of these places, outside of some brief time in London and Dublin. For itineraries like these where there is a lot of moving around, I like the idea of a motorhome vs going from hotel to hotel (or apt to apt). Thanks!

3rd February 2019 at 11:45 am

So yes, it would be possible to do this is a motorhome. However, I’d probably advise modifying the itinerary fairly substantially, especially the city parts. Most UK cities don’t have centrally located motorhome camping locations, and the streets tend to be fairly narrow, which can make driving and parking a motorhome very challenging. I would instead suggest, if you wanted to do a motorhome holiday in the UK, to look at a driving route like the NC500 (see our camping itinerary for the NC500 here ), or adjusting this route so it visits more of the countryside parts, like the Cotswolds, Peak District, Lake District and Northumberland.

Let me know if we can answer any more questions!

Iskandar Zulkifly Bin Ali says

29th January 2019 at 10:05 pm

Hello there ! finding this website was such a blessing for me! i am a student who wishes to travel around UK for 2 weeks before i go outside UK ( around Europe for a month ). my only problem is, i am studying in london therefore i’m gonna skip london from this amazing itinerary, and am also skipping Scotland cuz i went there last Dec already. which will give me extra days to fill in to make it 2 weeks. would you please help me to suggest places to fill in between the itinerary ? ps; i really really want to see Jurassic coast and cambridge and watergate bay. where should i put these places in terms of best route wise?

thank you in advance for your time !! you got a follower on your ig !

30th January 2019 at 7:33 pm

Hi Iskandar!

Thanks for your lovely comment and following on IG! We’ve actually just recently visited Cambridge and written a detailed guide to the city, which will be live on the blog in the next few weeks 🙂

To answer your question, first I have to assume you are driving. If not, this might have to change a bit to accommodate public transport. But I would say I would go from London to Cambridge, then up to the Peak District, Manchester and York. You could then go across to the Lake District if you wanted, then across to Holyhead and to Ireland (if you wanted to visit Ireland). Then south wales, Oxford and the Jurassic coast.

I hope that works for you 🙂 Have a great trip!

HANNAH JOHNSON says

29th January 2019 at 3:07 pm

This has been an amazing help! If possible, I did want to ask about more recommendations as far as castles/history goes. This is a very close itinerary for what I think we want to do, but I was wondering if you had any more info on what I could add/take away from this list in order to do more of that. Also, we will be departing from the atlanta, GA airport, and returning back to (or starting from) england isnt entirely necessarily. I definitely agree and would take your advice of ending in dublin and returning from there or wales, but im basically trying to avoid flying/ferrying more than need be. What would be your recommendation for doing everything in the UK in one vehicle and then only crossing into ireland once? if that makes sense

30th January 2019 at 7:38 pm

So there are a lot of great castles in the UK, and it’s hard to travel anywhere without finding history! Some of my favourite castles are in Scotland and the Northumberland area, and you’ve also got Hadrian’s wall up there. But York has all the Viking history too, and then cities like Oxford or Cambridge have more from the middles ages, Bath has the Roman empire.. So there’s really no shortage of history to find.

If it was me though, I’d spend a bit more time exploring some of the castles in Northumberland like Alnwick, Bamburgh and Dunstanburgh, as well as some in Scotland.

If you want to do everything in the UK that would be possible, just continue from Oxford to Bath and Cardiff, and then head north from there to York. You might want to bypass Manchester in order to get more of the history you are interested in as it’s more of a town that had it’s heyday with the industrial revolution, which might be a bit too recent history for your interests. You could instead add Warwick, which has a popular castle and a lovely town centre.

Have a great trip and let me know if I can be of any more help!

Hannah says

30th January 2019 at 8:25 pm

For sure! Thank you so much.

Maribel says

17th January 2019 at 4:13 am

Hi, I am planning a 2-week trip to Great Britain flying from Mexico City to London. Your post is very helpful. My trip HAS to include the Isle of Man but I do want to go to Edinburgh and Ireland. What do you think would be the best route? Thanks for your amazing post!

17th January 2019 at 6:37 pm

Hi Maribel!

Great question, and the first time anyone has asked me about the Isle of Man, which I have to admit, I haven’t been to!

There are direct ferry connections to the Isle of Man from Belfast, Dublin, Lancaster and Liverpool.

So assuming you want to do a fairly similar route, mug suggestion would be to follow the general outline of this trip, but take the ferry from Dublin to the Isle of Man, and then on to Liverpool, instead of from the southern end of Ireland to Fishguard. I think that’s the most logical option.

There are other option too – you could go London -> Oxford -> Liverpool -> Isle of Man -> Dublin -> Belfast -> Cairyan -> Edinburgh -> London.

So up to you really! Have a great trip, and let us know if you have any more questions!

Maribel Felix says

17th January 2019 at 6:40 pm

Muchas Gracias! I appreciate you advice very much. I will send you an update of my trip on my way back to Mexico.

17th January 2019 at 9:50 pm

Please do Maribel – we love to hear back from people on how their trips go, and incorporate feedback into our content to help everyone!

16th December 2018 at 12:15 am

Hello! I am planning a 28 day trip in in May 2019. What would you recommend to fill in the extra days? Thank you so much! And thank you for sharing such a lovely itinerary!

16th December 2018 at 11:49 am

Hi Sara! It’s hard to give a precise answer without knowing your interests, but if it was me I would extend my trip up into the northern half of Scotland, perhaps spending 7-10 days driving the North Coast 500, visiting the Isle of Skye and seeing the highlands. You could also head out to the some of the other islands, like Lewis. May is a great time to head up into that part of Scotland.

Other options include Wales or Cornwall, or extending your time in Ireland. There’s so much to see and do, even 28 days will be filled easily!

Nathaniel says

14th December 2018 at 7:57 pm

Could I use this itinerary for a school project. You will be credited and cited, obviously. Thank you if yes and thanks anyway if no. This was fun to read, regardless of your reply Thank you again, Nathaniel

14th December 2018 at 11:43 pm

Hi Nathaniel,

Thanks for asking! Could you e-mail me about this so I get more of an idea of the use? It’s [email protected] 🙂

9th December 2018 at 8:26 am

We are planning a 3 week trip to UK (2 weeks) and Amsterdam (1 week).. We will fly to Amsterdam from London. We were looking at your 2 week itinerary and wanted to ask what would you suggest instead of Ireland, We only want to visit London, Wales and Scotland start at London and return to London. Family with kids who like a bit of adventure, culture so interested in castles, nature etc. Also would like to visit Whisky distilleries preferably Glenfiddich and Aberlour. Also we will be hiring a car in London and return there. Would really appreciate your suggestions.

9th December 2018 at 10:37 am

So my suggestion would be to do a loop from London, similar to that I’ve described here, but instead of going across to Ireland, to head down the west coast of the UK, and then visit the Lake District and Wales on your way down.

In terms of distilleries, certainly, Aberlour and Glenfiddich are achievable from Edinburgh, but you are looking at a three hour drive each way. So you might prefer to visit a closer distillery like Deanston, which is also right next to Doune Castle, which I’m sure your kids will also enjoy 🙂

Hope this helps a bit!

Navtej says

22nd October 2018 at 11:18 am

Hi, a very helpful article. As I plan my next year travel to Europe after a gap of 15 years…it’s a god send. I propose to spend a few days in Amsterdam-Bruges and then fly to London. Here I catch up with another couple and there 12 year old daughter and plan to drive to Scotland and Ireland. We have a total of 10 / 11 days for this.

Am thinking will cut Wales from my itinerary and which other place would u recommend I skip ?

Many thanks

Navtej from New Delhi, India

PS another slighlty unrelates question : If I fly into London should I take a flight into Amsterdam and the train back from Bruges or is this complicated and expensive?

22nd October 2018 at 8:22 pm

It’s hard to give specific recommendations as to what to skip as I’m not sure as to your personal interests. If you are more interested in culture / museums etc, then you will want to include more of the cities, and less of the countryside. Conversely, if you are less interested in the outdoors, perhaps leaving out some of the countryside attractions would be a good idea 🙂

Generally my advice would be just to stick to flights as it’s likely going to be easier and probably less expensive. The train though can be a good option if you book far enough in advance, it will just take a little bit longer.

Hope this helps – have a great trip!

Leslie says

21st July 2018 at 11:12 pm

Four women from Texas will be traveling to the UK in September and wanted to drive (one of us is brave enough to drive on the wrong side of the road). We spend 8 days in London last September with side trips to Bath and a tour to Oxford and Cotswolds and Warwick Castle. We have relatives in Glasgow, so plan to see that area of Scotland. Your information is a Godsend and thank you so much for all your planning. We will let you know how it goes!

22nd July 2018 at 9:36 pm

Thanks Leslie – please do! We always love to hear feedback as to how our posts help people (or if they need changing, we love to hear about that too!)

Have an awesome trip!

Ruth Deane says

11th July 2018 at 6:24 am

A good travel guide to the UK. I know it is difficult to provided a balanced approach due to limited wordage but the emphasis should be on the UK. N. Ireland and its capital Belfast have been sadly neglected in this article and the focus was Dublin which is not part of the UK. Surely something coulf have been added about Belfast and N. Ireland in general. It is a beautiful place. The author did make a reference to the Dark Hedges but associates them with Dublin. Last time I checked they are quite definitely in N. IRELAND. Hope this criticism is constructive. N. Ireland continues to get a bad press but it is a beautiful place and the majority of the people are that bad either.

11th July 2018 at 9:44 am

Constructive feedback is always welcome! We’re actually visiting Northern Ireland next week for a week to fully explore Belfast and the Coastal Causeway, and will be updating our content (and creating new content!) to have more information on this part of the UK 🙂 Stay tuned!

Craig Grimston says

26th June 2018 at 2:47 am

Thank you!!

September is a perfect month to come to Texas – the weather is perfect then! I’d be happy to answer any questions you have to the best of my ability (I’m not a native Texan – originally from Australia), but there is a lot of great things to do here. Austin and San Antonio are great too.

Thank you for offering to answer any questions! We are going in a group, so I’m sure a lot of questions will come up! I’ll try not to bombard you with them, but I may just hit you with a few! We are planning for somewhere in June to August next year (I plan ahead big time!) and couldn’t be more excited to see your beautiful country!

But please, definitely hit me up with any questions you have about Dallas or Texas. If I can’t answer them, I can track someone down who can!

Thanks!! Craig

22nd June 2018 at 8:02 pm

Hi Laurence and Jessica,

I just wanted to say thank you for posting this itinerary. I really wanted to plan a road trip in the UK and after googling about it all I got was a bunch of blogs pointing out all of the negative things and basically saying “don’t bother”!

As I was about to give up and go the typical tourist route, I came across your website. It was exactly what I was looking for! It is inspirational, and put the joy and adventure back into my travel plans.

I’m pretty much going to stick to your itinerary with the exception of Ireland (I wanted to check out the Lake District and Liverpool), so Ireland may have to be a separate road trip!

I have a million questions, but I’m going to spare you of that! LOL. I really just wanted to say a big thank you for sharing your experience and knowledge!

Kindest Regards, Craig – Dallas Texas

25th June 2018 at 9:28 pm

Thank you so much, it always means a lot to hear that people are finding our content useful. I think you are making a sensible choice – there is a lot to see on the mainland of the UK, and it’s also less hassle to worry about rental cars and ferries if you leave Ireland for another trip 🙂

We’re happy to answer any questions you have. We’re actually planning a trip to Texas for late September, and will be swinging by Dallas, so may have some questions for you in return!

Vanessa says

14th May 2018 at 9:38 pm

I’ve googled “hire car” and it says “rental car.” But on your site here it seems that a rental care and a hire car are different things. What exactly is the difference? Thank you! And also thank you for this post – it’s amazing and I think I will definitely base my trip -whenever that may be… – around it. Bookmarking this page!!

15th May 2018 at 5:57 pm

Thanks Vanessa! I think in the UK we use the term hire car, wheras in the USA it’s more likely to be called a rental car. But yes, they are the same thing in my mind, you can use the terms interchangeably as far as I know 🙂 Have a great trip, and don’t hesitate to let us know if you have any questions at all 😀

Saurabh says

7th May 2018 at 7:55 am

Hi Lawrence, This is a great post! I think I can use some help. We are planning a 2 week trip to UK in August with a 1 year old toddler. What from above or otherwise will be a good itinerary for us. How realistic is it for me to cover what you have listed here? Appreciate any help. Thanks!

7th May 2018 at 10:03 pm

Thanks Saurabh! First, I should say that not having kids ourselves this isn’t an area of expertise for us 🙂 However, based on experiences of friends who travel with family, my suggestion would be to probably cut the itinerary in half, and focus on some of the major cities. As it is, it’s quite a busy itinerary, and I think you will have a better time doing a bit less and having the time to really explore some of the cities on the itinerary. So for example, maybe just do England and Scotland, and skip Ireland and Wales. This will reduce your travel, and let you spend a bit longer in each city. I’d also advise finding accommodation close to the city centres and attractions, so at least one of you can go out sight-seeing if one of you needs to stay behind for naps etc. I hope this helps – have a wonderful trip!

3rd May 2018 at 12:38 am

My husband and I are following this itinerary this summer, flying round trip into Gatwick from Canada. I was looking at the cost of the ferry from Scotland to Ireland and than Ireland to Wales and was shocked at the cost. Do you know of any Ferry discounts?

3rd May 2018 at 7:12 pm

Hi Sarah – you can try the various ferry search companies like directferries or a1ferries I think they are called. Unfortunately that time of year is school holidays, and there aren’t many companies operating the routes, so the prices go up. You might consider instead flying from Edinburgh to Belfast or Dublin instead, and hiring a car in Ireland rather than taking the ferry, if that is a cheaper option!

Badariah says

21st March 2018 at 8:24 am

Awesome I am planning for a 2 week get away to UK. Your article helpsss a lot. Planning to go in mid sept till end of sept

21st March 2018 at 11:25 am

Thanks very much – have a wonderful trip!

11th March 2018 at 9:06 am

hi lawrence me n my wife middle aged planning to do england and scotland in 15 days in july which would be ideal places to cover by public transport. i am open to hire a car for 2 to 3 days if required. please suggest us best possible train route for this trip we are flying in n out of london thanks waiting for ur reply

11th March 2018 at 10:02 am

My advice would be to follow my 10 day UK itinerary, which is designed for public transport: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/10-day-uk-itinerary-public-transport-train-bus/

You could spend a little extra time in each location, or you could add a couple of stops. My advice would be to add 1 day in Bath near Bristol, stop in Manchester between Liverpool and York, and think about stopping in Newcastle on the way to Edinburgh. If you wanted to see the Cotswolds, you could do that with a hire car from Bath, or on a tour from London.

I hope this helps! That post also has lots of information on using public transport in the UK. Have a great trip!

Christine says

19th February 2018 at 4:57 am

Hello and Thank You!! I was just wondering, I’m not the best with timelines haha, but exactly how many hotel stays are there in total in each location? I’m just trying to determine if you actually spent the night in each location for both nights or if you spent the day touring then drove to the next location and got a room, especially for the 1 day places… if that makes sense? My husband and are are arriving March 10th and fly back out the 24th so just trying to sort out the timelines… Also it was suggested to me to go to Cornwall or Leeds, what are your thoughts? Thanks!

19th February 2018 at 6:11 pm

Hi! And my pleasure 😀

So you’d be looking at:

2 nights in London 1 night in Oxford 1 night in the Cotswolds 1 night in the Peak District 1 night in Manchester (could do Leeds here instead) 1 night in York 2 nights in Edinburgh (could do one night in Northumberland on the way up) 3 nights in Ireland / Northern Ireland 1 night in Cardiff 1 night in Bristol or Bath

You could of course spend more or less time in each destination, and leave say London after two full days but only one night, and overnight in Oxford. So really it’s up to you 🙂

Leeds you could easily fit into this itinerary. Cornwall would be a bit harder as it’s a bit further away. If you wanted to do Cornwall, you might need to leave Ireland out for example to give yourself enough time. Hope this helps!

15th February 2018 at 10:57 pm

Awesome Itinerary, I would add Canterbury to this list 🙂

17th February 2018 at 8:35 pm

I’ve only briefly visited Canterbury, must return!

22nd January 2018 at 4:52 pm

This came a blessing in disguise after searching for a week almost and making all shit loads of itineraries. I am thinking of blindly following this as it looks great to me. Need your help on a few points here if it doe snot bother you much, it would serve a great deal of planning for me in addition to what it already has, 1. Was this too hectic considering the number of places you covered? 2. Was driving time included in the time spent at each place you mentioned? 3. Is driving safe in and around England? 4. Is driving a cheaper option than using rail/bus transport? 5. How much did this two week trip cost you? 6. How much does the drive part of the trip cost?

22nd January 2018 at 5:44 pm

HI Saurabh!

Pleased to hear you found the itinerary 🙂 I’m happy to answer your questions of course.

1. This is definitely a busy itinerary, although as you can see from the other comments, many people have enjoyed it. So it really depends on your own personal style of travel and your preferences, as well as who you are travelling with. If you want a less hectic schedule, I’d suggest perhaps leaving the Irish part of the trip out, and maybe focusing on England and Scotland, and perhaps extending your time in cities like London and Edinburgh.

2. Yes, driving time is included. Driving time is not too great in the UK as distances are not large and the motorways are good, however, be aware that traffic can be bad around rush hour in the morning and evenings.

3. Yes, driving is very safe. Of course, accidents happen like anywhere in the world, but for the most part you shouldn’t have any trouble.

4. It depends on a few factors – mostly how many of you there are. For one person, it might be more cost-effective to take public transport. Also, if you book public transport well in advance, especially trains, this can be much cheaper than buying tickets on the day. Car hire also depends on the size of the car, but you can get pretty good value car hire. Fuel is quite expensive, but most modern hire cars are very fuel efficient. I am shortly going to publish a post with a similar itinerary that focuses on travelling in the UK by public transport, so stay tuned for that 🙂

5. Cost is really up to you, as it depends so much on what you want to see! I’d say you can hire a car for around £180 – £250 a week, fuel costs will be in the region of £50-£70 a week, and accommodation is likely to be in the range of £80 – £150 a night for two people sharing. You can of course get cheaper and more expensive accommodation options, it really depends on your style of travel.

6. The main costs for the car are the car hire, fuel, and any insurance you buy. I’d say between £200 and £300 a week, plus any parking fees. I’d definitely advise always booking a hotel that includes free parking.

I hope this helps with your planning – have a wonderful trip, and don’t miss my one week itinerary post for more ideas 🙂

https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/UK-Itinerary-One-Week-Road-Trip/

Steve and Cheryl Bales says

26th February 2018 at 9:09 pm

Thank you for the wealth of information! We are planning to take a trip to visit our daughter who is in the Air Force in the UK this May. I’ve read your itinerary and the questions and answers that followed. There were a couple of questions that popped up for me and I was hoping you could answer them. You mentioned taking a car over on the ferry to Ireland. We will be driving our daughter’s car, but I was wondering if we needed special insurance on the car to have it ferried. My husband are both disabled to a degree; neither of us are capable of walking long distances or sitting for any duration. Is there a need for concern over these issues? And, what is the cost of a London Pass and how many people does it cover, there will be four in our group? Any information would be much appreciated, thank you in advance. Steve and Cheryl

26th February 2018 at 9:19 pm

Hi Steve and Cheryl,

Thanks for reaching out, and I’m happy to hear you have found the content useful. You don’t normally need special insurance on a car to have it ferried, but you will likely need to check with your daughter’s insurer to make sure it is covered in Ireland. As far as I am aware it should be covered in Northern Ireland with the full coverage, and most UK insurers do provide at least some level cover for the EU, which Ireland is a part of, but worth checking.

For the itinerary I’ve put together, it’s really up to you how much you do. All the major cities have good public transport if you choose not to drive, as well as sight-seeing buses and things like that.

The London Pass prices vary – you have to buy one price per person, so that would be four passes total. Again, the value is up to you and how much you can get out of them. My only concern would be to get real value out of them you do need to try and pack quite a lot in – if you aren’t sure if that’s going to be possible you might end up being better off not getting them and just paying the ticket prices. Also, I’m not sure of your ages, but many attractions have senior concessions, which might also save you money rather than getting a pass. Worth checking the individual websites for the different attractions you want to visit to see what those might be.

You can see the London Pass prices here; https://prf.hn/click/camref:1011lbTW/pubref:FTU2WeekQuestion/destination:https%3A%2F%2Fwww.londonpass.com%2Flondon-pass-prices.php

Derian Quek says

4th September 2017 at 1:10 pm

This trip seems a bit rushed when driving over to Ireland..I am also planning a 2 weeks this December to January. Any tips on this? Am planning London/Manchester/Lake district/Edinburgh/Cotswolds/bath/Stonehenge/Paris

Laurence says

4th September 2017 at 4:05 pm

Hey Darian,

This trip is definitely quite fast – unfortunately folks don’t have too much time sometimes, and are keen to see as much as possible, which is what I try to achieve on this itinerary.

Regarding your itinerary – at that time of year do be aware that the weather obviously won’t be great and it will be getting dark around 4pm – just something to bear in mind. Certainly your plan is possible but will also be quite packed. Perhaps focusing on a few less locations and seeing more. From your list I’d suggest London, with a day trip to bath, the Cotswolds and Stonehenge, then Edinburgh and Paris. You could add in Manchester as well of course. It would also depend on if you have visited any of the locations before and how you plan to travel. I’d suggest train from London to Edinburgh, and a cheap flight from Edinburgh to Paris.

4th September 2017 at 4:15 pm

Hi Laurence. It would actually be my first time to the UK. I’m visiting Manchester because I would wanna catch a game at old Trafford and that’s probably the only reason why. Flight from Edinburgh to Paris sounds like a good option though I would most likely be self driving from London up north. I’m thinking 3 days in London, 1 day in manchester, 2 days in lake district, 3 days in Edinburgh, 1 day to cotswolds and then 3 days in Paris via eurostar before heading back to London for my return flight

Mital Khona says

9th August 2017 at 2:43 pm

Hi Lawrence, Thanks a bunch for this wonderful itinerary… 1. We are travelling this September with 2 Kids ( 2 years old and 8 years old) and2 parents ( senior citizens).. Is this still doable.. I was thinking of picking up train for journey from London to Edinburgh 2. We would like to spend 3 days on the alternative route to Ireland suggested by you above. Can you help on the route/ time we should allot to Snowdonia, etc(west coast of the UK, including Glasgow, the Lake District, and Liverpool, as well as popping into Wales for the stunning Snowdonia national park)

7th January 2018 at 1:26 pm

Hi Mital! It really depends on your kids and grandparents and their stamina. I think this trip might be a bit much for some, and you might find it easier to go a bit slower and take things in a bit more. So perhaps a trip focusing on Edinburgh / London, with a hire car for the return journey down the west coast of the UK. I’d say three – four days in London, two to three days in Edinburgh, and then the rest of the time on the drive down the west coast would work!

Sussex Bloggers says

30th May 2017 at 12:56 pm

Can’t believe you’ve completely skipped Cornwall and the rest of the south coast. Such beautiful scenery all along the southern coastline and some wonderful towns and villages. Here’s a little teaser!

ipsita bhattacharya says

3rd May 2017 at 12:19 am

Hi guys, We are planning a trip to the UK in August/September 2017 and this 2-week itinerary is proving to be of great help! But if we plan to take public transport instead of driving, how much of this is doable? We are also looking at two weeks and while I understand taking trains/buses will eat into our travelling time, we are not sure we want to drive. Please advise. And thanks for this wonderful travel plan!

8th August 2017 at 8:56 am

Our pleasure. Much of this is doable, certainly between the major cities by train at least. We’d advice flying from the UK, likely Edinburgh to Dublin, and then back from Dublin to Cardiff or London. It’s definitely achievable in part though 🙂

Jessica says

2nd April 2017 at 1:15 am

I am so glad that I found your itinerary as we will be visiting the UK for a little over two weeks this coming summer. I do have question for a part of the trip when you have to ferry from Scotland to Ireland, is it easy to find ferries that will take your car across? Also do you recommend a car for the entire trip or to break it up with trains? Such as from London to Edinburgh? Thank you and I hope to hear back from you soon.

7th January 2018 at 1:24 pm

Hi Jessica! Sorry for the slow response. Most of the ferries take cars, but the question is as to whether or not your rental car company will let you take the car on the ferry. So you would need to check with them. If not, you might find it easier to say fly from Edinburgh to Belfast or Dublin to continue to journey, and perhaps pick up a hire car in Ireland instead.

Nishant says

19th March 2017 at 10:59 am

My family of 4 is planning in Aug’17 for 2 week and i like your write up here. we would be staying with our friend’s family (4 member) in LONDON and then accompany them to this tour plan. we wish to know approx budget in INR apart from AIR Ticket required for this kind of tour. Consider AIR BnB stay, Home cooking where ever possible, car drive and budgeted expense suitable for family.

แอโรคอม บริษัทจำกัด says

13th March 2017 at 8:24 am

Your 2 weeks itinerary seems very good. I am concerned with parking space in tourist attractions especially in big cities. Is it not so difficult to find parking area in all these recommended places (except London)? How much is a typical parking fee?

Thanks in advance! Pairoj S.

13th March 2017 at 2:24 pm

Thanks very much! Parking fees really vary depending on where you want to park. On road meter parking is usually the most expensive, around £3 an hour. I’d suggest finding a larger car park, like a multistorey operated by a company like NCP. These are more reasonable, and you would pay on a sliding scale where it is better value for staying for longer. I wouldn’t worry though, there is usually plenty of parking available, and sometimes if you don’t mind walking a little bit, if you don’t park centrally you can park for free. Have a great trip!

Mittal Shah says

10th March 2017 at 11:44 am

Hi Lawrence and Norah. I have been trying to plan a road trip in UK around July end for approximately 12days and have found a lot of helpful information.There are certain things i would like to know from you: For road trip should i consider hiring a caravan or a car( 4 of us travelling)? Is it better to book a hotel or bnb? Please help. Awaiting your reply

12th March 2017 at 9:47 pm

Thanks for your comment. A car would definitely be the best option, for four of you it would likely be the most cost effective option. I’d also suggest bed and breakfasts are a nice option, although there are lots of great hotels as well, it really depends on your budget,

Enjoy your trip!

rajul parikh says

19th February 2017 at 11:46 am

Hi Lawrence and Norah just been browsing through your site and taking in the information about the 2 week holiday in the UK. We find your information relevant and useful. We live in India and are considering a trip sometime mid June 2017. This would be our first trip to the UK. Lots of questions: would the weather be ok around that time? To cover your suggested itinerary (including ireland) how much driving would one end up doing everyday? Would your stops which are marked alphabetically on the map suggest overnight stay? Since we would like to spend at least 5 days in London we would need to extend our trip to about 21 days. Look forward to hearing from you.

19th February 2017 at 11:49 am

Happy that you found it useful! Yes, the main stopping points suggest an overnight stay. The weather is likely to be good in June, however, the weather in the UK can be very unpredictable. Coming from India, you’ll probably find it fairly cool 😉 I’d say between 15 and 25C would be the norm, and you should plan for rain whenever you visit the UK.

In terms of driving, the UK is quite small so not too much, probably not more than 2 – 3 hours a day.

Myn Wong says

14th February 2017 at 1:18 am

Hi. May I know the estimated cost of this trip?

George Monaghan says

30th January 2017 at 8:51 pm

Finding this site most interesting !

30th January 2017 at 8:52 pm

Thanks George, appreciated!

Dave_Toni says

18th January 2017 at 2:17 am

Hi guys, I’m staying in London for a short time (4 days) and I’m now thinking I should have booked a longer stay, but I’m on route to another destination. What would you recommend for a four day tour to get the best out of “must see” locations in in short amount of time? Really enjoying the site, keep up the great information. Thanks Dave.

18th January 2017 at 6:52 pm

Four days is a good time to see lots of London 🙂 My advice, if you’ve not been before, would be to focus on the highlights, plus allocate some time just to wander a bit. I have a two day Itinerary here: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/2016/06/two-day-london-itinerary-essential-sight-seeing.html That should help a bit, and then an itinerary that focuses on the region of Kensington: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/2015/07/top-8-things-to-do-in-kensington.html I also have a guide for getting around London: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/2016/08/guide-public-transport-london.html Some tips for the best photo spots in London: https://www.findingtheuniverse.com/2015/12/best-photography-locations-london.html And finally, we always recommend the London Pass to save money if you’re planning on visiting a lot of attractions. Here’s a great breakdown to find out if that’s worth it for you or not: independenttravelcats.com/2016/05/21/tips-using-buying-london-pass-worth/ Enjoy!

13th January 2017 at 10:19 am

So so perfect! Planning a 2 week UK holiday in June. This was God-sent!

13th January 2017 at 10:21 am

Wonderful, pleased you found it useful

Ashton says

5th November 2016 at 5:24 am

This is perfect! Exactly what I was looking for to start planning my honeymoon!! Thank you for taking the time to put this together

13th November 2016 at 7:58 pm

My pleasure – let us know how it goes and if there’s anything missing we can add to the post!

shiva bhavini says

16th July 2016 at 2:34 pm

Hi Laurence & Jessica, My husband and I are planning to have a 10 days UK trip , reaching London on September 16 and have return flight from london on september 26 , can you please suggest should we take some travel agent to take us around in UK ? Thanks much in advance

Ellana McNulty says

3rd July 2016 at 1:39 am

Hi Laurence & Jessica, My husband and I are planning on following your itinerary when we go over in August. When we first looked at your blog, there was a map at the end that you could zoom in on, but cannot find it now? Is the link still available.

3rd July 2016 at 11:24 am

Hi Ellana! Sorry about that, the map was causing issues for mobile users so I removed it. See comment below with a better answer!

Paul McNulty says

7th July 2016 at 12:09 am

Thanks for this Laurence!

Is it possible to have the whole route on the map like you had it before?

4th November 2016 at 11:13 pm

Hi Paul, I’ve been battling with google maps over this and gave up as it wouldn’t let me have enough waypoints. So I’ve switched to Bing Maps with the embedded image, and there’s a link to the route here: https://binged.it/2fDQGD2

Sorry for the delay!

5th November 2016 at 12:02 am

Thanks Laurence… we toured the UK in the last half of August using your itinerary. We modified it a bit to suit our personal tastes, but the basis of our trip was thanks to you. And it was even better than we expected!! Cheers.

5th November 2016 at 9:49 am

Brilliant! Delighted you had a good trip 😀

Alicia says

7th June 2017 at 3:22 am

The above link does not have a driving route in it. Is it no longer working (or I am doing it wrong)?

Unfortunately Google wouldn’t let me put together a driving route with this many stops, so this was the best I could do!

Seyne Tee says

27th June 2016 at 4:03 am

Hi Laurence & Jessica, I plan to visit UK for 2 weeks and rent a car to travel around places outside UK. Your perfect itinerary is exactly what I’m looking for, thanks! I have a problem here, I can only travel with my husband and son in the middle of November, will the weather be friendly enough to carry out activities as per your recommendation?

27th June 2016 at 9:23 am

Well, the weather in the UK can be quite varied, with sun even in November! However it will more likely be cold and grey, temperatures in the range of 3 – 10 degrees C. It will also be dark fairly early. However, that shouldn’t put you off, a lot of this itinerary is focused on the cities, and indoors activities, so you should be fine, although you might want to edit the itinerary a bit to focus more on indoor activities than outdoor ones 🙂

Stephen Mason says

9th May 2016 at 3:58 am

This trip is incredible! Can you give a price of what the final trip costed?

28th June 2016 at 11:55 am

Hi Stephen – it really depends on many factors, including your budget for accommodation / food. You can find places for £50 / night in most of the locations I’ve mentioned, food per person you could get away with £15 a day, then there’s fuel and car hire, not to mention attraction entry. I’d probably look to budgeting around £700 – £1500 per person, as a guideline, but a lot of variables to take into account 🙂

SharronJ says

8th March 2016 at 6:33 pm

This is just what I was looking for. I am planning on visiting your wonderful country for a month next year and just started doing research. Your article is just what I was looking for Thanks so much!

8th March 2016 at 6:35 pm

My pleasure! Have a wonderful trip 🙂

Edward says

17th January 2016 at 11:32 pm

Thank you for this. I will be going in UK late Spetember to October (one month) and this is a nice itnerary and I can do it in a slower pace. Would you say September and October is a good time to do this? How is the weather usually in those months?

2nd February 2016 at 2:47 am

It’s the Autum time so you might fair pretty well, considering. It starts to cool down in September and the trees start changing. There will be rain, especially in the West of England and Wales but there always is.

The best time to visit England is May – August, but if you don’t mind getting caught in the rain now and then, you shouldn’t have a problem

Joanne says

12th October 2015 at 2:18 pm

Is it possible to do this itinerary relying only on public transportation since I don’t drive? Thank you in advance.

12th October 2015 at 2:21 pm

Good parts of it are certainly possible, as the major cities are linked by public transport, and the trains in particular are an excellent and fast way to get around. One tip – book well in advance on specific trains to get the best prices in the UK, the fares you pay on the day are much higher. I’d also suggest flying from Edinburgh to Dublin if you wanted to include the Irish part of the trip.

You might have a bit more difficulty visiting places like the Cotswolds or other “country” parts on your own, however there are plenty of tour operators who can give you a day trip out from London to say the Cotswolds and Stonehenge.

On the whole though, yes, the majority of this itinerary would be more than do-able by public transport!

Nina Tchernova says

7th October 2015 at 2:43 pm

Hi Laurence, thank you so much for sharing this! We are planning to go in April, and this is exactly what we were hoping to do. And here it all is, so wonderfully explored and illustrated! One question though – what would you recommend about car rentals -one, or three? when we cross on a ferry to Ireland, do we bring the car, or is it better to rent another one there, and then another when we get back?

10th October 2015 at 1:14 pm

My pleasure 🙂 The answer to your question isn’t as simple as it sounds. One way rentals, as you’d need if you were to change cars, are generally more expensive than returning the car to the same place. On the other hand, a ferry ticket without a car is cheaper! So you might want to just check the math and see, depending on your budget. Personally, I’d not bother with the hassle of changing cars and just stick with the same one, you just need to check that it’s ok to drive the car in Ireland as well 🙂

10th October 2015 at 1:28 pm

Thank you very much, we will have to make a few enquiries.

Darryl Chan says

24th August 2015 at 6:03 pm

Hey! Love your itinerary! Is there anyway I can contact you to get more personalised advices from you? Looking forward to your reply!

27th August 2015 at 5:28 pm

Sure, you can just drop me an e-mail via the contact page on the site, or just fire away in the comments and I’ll see what I can do,

17th August 2015 at 4:58 am

Where’s the castle in your first picture?

25th September 2015 at 8:51 pm

The castle in the first picture (with the daffodils) is Alnwick castle in Northumberland. Home to Harry Potter or at least the was some filming taken place there and also some of Downtown Abbey. Alnwick is also home to Barter Books where the original ‘keep calm and carry on’ poster was discovered. Northumberland has one of the largest number of castles in the uk. Some of the most impressive I think are Bamburgh Castle, Lindisfarne Castle (on holy island – which needs a visit itself) and Chillingham Castle (known for being pretty spooky). Contact Wooler Tourist Infomation Office on +44 1668 282123 to learn about accommodation as Wooler is a fantastic base for the best of Northumberland.

25th September 2015 at 9:02 pm

Can I also say there is an awesome place for Brits and tourists alike; Beamish, the living museum. It is an outdoor village fashioned perfectly on olden days northern England complete with coal mine, dentis, working sweet shop and more

Monica says

11th August 2015 at 8:16 pm

I loved you itinerary and pictures. I’m definitely using your steps to trace some of my own. Thanks for sharing. I’m excited to read through more of your posts.

15th August 2015 at 8:32 pm

Thanks Monica, have a great trip!

3rd August 2015 at 9:50 pm

Great review of a nice trip through GB. My wife and I are trying to plan one for May, and we were thinking of spending more time in Scottland. Do you have any suggestions for moving from Endinburgh and into the northern part of Scotland and skipping Ireland. I thinking about Aberdeen and stopping by Ben Nevis, but it’s our first time traveling abroad and I’d love more information. Thanks!

3rd August 2015 at 11:49 pm

Hi Andy! To be honest I’ve not spent a lot of time in Scotland recently, but I can very much recommend taking the time to visit Glencoe. It’s a couple of hours from Edinburgh, and is an absolutely stunning valley in the highlands. I’ve also heard nothing but good things about the isle of Skye! Sorry I can’t be of much more help right now 🙁

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Let me know when there's a reply to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips. This also makes you eligible to enter our monthly giveaways!

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store your data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

404 Not found

The Perfect Itinerary for 7 Days in London and Edinburgh

Advisor - Isabelle Newcomb

Isabelle Newcomb

https://www.foratravel.com/guides/WXSJQH/the-perfect-itinerary-for-7-days-in-london-and-edinburgh-isabelle-newcomb

International Travel

Arts & Culture

Couples Travel

City Travel

Group Travel

Road Trip Travel

Sightseeing

Multi-Destination

large buildings during daytime

Curator’s statement

After studying abroad in the U.K. for a semester in college, I can definitely say that it is one of my favorite countries in the world! There is so much to see and do here, which is why I made this perfect itinerary for 7 days in London and Edinburgh. This itinerary takes you to two of the largest cities in the U.K., London and Edinburgh, and is itinerary is pretty jam-packed, making it best for solo travelers, couples and active groups!

The Fora Difference

Book with Isabelle to access exclusive perks and experiences on your trip.

Killer perks

Free upgrades, spa credits and more—we got you

Personalized recs

Customized travel planning for your style

Insider knowledge

Expert advice from people who’ve actually been there

Where to stay

Vintry and mercer.

Luxury hotel with fashionable rooms in the heart of London.

$50 – 100 (resort / spa) credit.

Daily breakfast.

Upgrade & extended check-in/out whenever possible.

The Franklin London - Starhotels Collezione

Posh hotel with opulent rooms set in an elegant Victorian building near Hyde Park in London.

Andaz London Liverpool Street

Distinctively local hotel with modern and spacious rooms and suites, five restaurants and bars and the best of East London and the city, just a stone’s throw from the doorstep.

20% food / beverage discount.

Upgrade to next room category, based upon availability at check-in.

Guaranteed 2pm late check-out.

Kimpton Charlotte Square Hotel

Perched on the edge of a picturesque private garden in the New Town, Kimpton Charlotte Square Hotel blends traditional glamor with the Scotland of today.

$100 food / beverage credit.

Breakfast daily.

Virgin Hotels Edinburgh

Modern Scottish luxury in Edinburgh just steps away from Edinburgh Castle and Victoria Street.

Welcome amenity

Day 1: Arrive in London

people standing in large building

You’ve made it to London! Depending on when you arrive, you may be pretty tired from the flight. Take some time to relax and get used to the time change. If you are up for it, make your way to an English pub!

My suggestions are:

The Grenadier .

Ye Olde Mitre, Holborn .

The Lamb & Flag .

Covent Garden .

Day 2: Sightseeing in London

large building next to cars and big red buss during sunset

Today we are visiting all the important spots in London! I know it sounds super touristy, but the best way to get around is a Hop On Hop Off Bus tour! Big Bus London has multiple different bus routes that will take you all over the city, and the good thing is, you can hop off at any time if you want to walk around somewhere! My suggestions for stops to get off at and explore for a little bit:

Piccadilly Circus - The London version of Times Square.

Big Ben and Westminster Abbey - Whitehall.

St. Paul’s Cathedral.

Tower of London/London Bridge.

Buckingham Palace.

Oxford Street.

You get to end a perfect sightseeing day on Oxford Street, one of the most popular shopping streets in all of London! You have to eat at Market Hall West End, there are two bars and eight restaurants, making it the perfect spot for any eater! If you aren’t too tired, try out another pub tonight!

Day 3: Borough Market in London or travel to Edinburgh

large buildings with cloudy skies

We have two options for the day, depending on whether you want to spend more time in London or in Edinburgh! Option 1: We will leave in the early morning to board the 4-hour train to Edinburgh. Once in Edinburgh, get ready, because we are hiking an extinct volcano with the best view of the city, Arthur’s Seat! There are two hike options, Arthur’s Seat is a bit more strenuous but with better views, while the other option is Salisbury Crags, which is easier but the view is not as wonderful. Option 2: Sleep in a little bit and head out to Borough Market when it opens at 10 AM. There are tons of stalls with merchants, lots of food options and produce/flowers. There are so many food options, you definitely want to stay here for lunch! We will head out of London in the late afternoon for the 4-hour train ride. We don’t want to get into Edinburgh too late, we have an early day tomorrow!

Day 4: Visit Loch Ness & Glencoe

large body of water surrounded by mountains

On day 4 of your 7 days in London, we will be taking a full-day trip to none other than…Loch Ness! Home of the infamous Loch Ness Monster, this beautiful lake cannot be missed. On this trip, we will also get to see Glencoe, an area with breathtaking views of the Scottish Highlands. Maybe we will even spot the adorable Highland Cow, or as the locals call them, coos! If you are feeling up for it after the tour, we have to go to a classic Scottish Pub! My Suggestions:

The Bow Bar.

Dirty Dick’s Pub

Sandy Bell’s.

Day 5: Visit Edinburgh Castle and The Royal Mile

large castle perched on a green hill on a cloudy day

We will head out early (we want to miss the crowds) to visit the famous Edinburgh Castle, a beautiful, medieval castle overlooking the city of Edinburgh. After doing an awesome tour of the castle, we will do some shopping and sightseeing through The Royal Mile, the historic street next to the castle. The Royal Mile has tons to see: parliaments, a cathedral and churches, walking tours, shops, restaurants, cafes and pubs. Lunch Suggestion on the Royal Mile:

The Grain Store .

Wedgwood The Restaurant .

In the evening, we will hop on the 4-hour train back to London.

Day 6: Harry Potter Studio, Oxford, Stonehenge or the Natural History Museum

large stone building next to plants with cloudy skies

Today we are leaving the city to explore, and we have options! For the Harry Potter lovers, we are going to the Warner Brothers Harry Potter Studio. This tour includes tons of original HP sets, clothing and props, as well as interactive exhibits! Another option is to do a walking tour of HP filming sites in London city if you aren’t up for leaving the city.

Another option is to visit Oxford, home to Oxford University, the oldest university in England! The city is compact and scenic, perfect for a half-day trip and filled with amazing architecture.

We can also take a day trip to Stonehenge. This mysterious stone circle is most often visited by either half or full-day trips from London, with a guided tour.

Don’t like any of these options? I suggest spending the first half of the day at a museum. I recommend the Natural History Museum for the nature-loving travelers or the National Gallery for art lovers! For dinner/the evening, I suggest making your way to Chinatown, the vibes are great and it’s even better at night! Restaurant Suggestions:

Koya Soho .

Food House .

Day 7: Final day in London

aerial view of city at nighttime

So sad, we have to leave! Depending on when your flight departs, you may have time for a bite to eat. Breakfast Suggestions:

E Pellicci .

Regency Cafe .

Lunch Suggestions:

Scarlett Garden .

Need to Know

For more travel tips, check out my 7-Day Itinerary for Exploring La Fortuna, Costa Rica .

Travel Advisor

Isabelle is not currently accepting new clientele. If you're a current client, reach out directly. If you're looking for a new advisor, find one today .

Advisor - Isabelle Newcomb

Get in touch with Isabelle

Did you like this guide? Reach out to customize and book your own experience. Or, just to chat about travel in general.

You can normally expect a response from Isabelle within a business day or so. You’ll also be subscribed to our travel newsletter (you can unsubscribe at any time).

This guide is part of our ongoing series on  travel to London , part of our larger series on travel to England .

The Lively Traveler

A 10-Day London and Edinburgh Itinerary

Make the most of your time in the UK with this 10-day London and Edinburgh itinerary. You’ll see all the best sights and get a taste of history, culture, and life in the UK. This trip is not to be missed!

Couple near the London Bridge on the Thames River enjoying their London and Edinburgh itinerary

My dad always told us that when we all grew up and got married, he wanted to take his adult children and their spouses to Hawaii. My dad passed away before my youngest brother got married, so we never got to fulfill his dream. Shortly after his death, my mom decided that she wanted to do it anyway—but to London instead! And she asked me to plan a 10-day London and Edinburgh itinerary. After getting input from the 13 of us (my mom, her 6 kids, and our spouses) on what everyone wanted to do, I came up with the following 10-day London and Edinburgh itinerary. And it did not disappoint! This was seriously one of the most memorable and amazing trips I’ve ever taken.

Day 1: London sights

We arrived in London at 7 am local time. Yes we were tired, but we didn’t want to waste any time! (In my opinion, the best way to get over jet lag is to just adapt to local time by staying up during daylight hours in your new location and going to bed early that first night.)

After getting settled in our Airbnb and going grocery shopping, we set off to explore! We purchased a 5-attraction London Explorer pass, which made it easy to visit the attractions we wanted to see. With 20+ attractions to choose from, there was something for everyone!

Buckingham Palace

You can’t come to London and not visit Buckingham Palace! Although we missed the changing of the guard, we still got to see the palace and the grounds and the guards marching back and forth in those big furry hats.

Westminster Abbey

Next we hit Westminster Abbey and took the guided tour (included in our London Explorer pass). We learned all about the history of the abbey and the British monarchy. The architecture of the abbey is incredible!

Westminster Abbey

Thames River cruise

We passed Big Ben on our way to the Thames River, where we took a river cruise (also included in the London Explorer pass). Our guide pointed out all the sights along the Thames, and explained their significance. We really enjoyed seeing the famous skylines from the river!

Borough Market

We ended the day at Borough Market, a large market selling all sorts of local foods. It was delicious and easy to try a sampling of a variety of English foods.

Man enjoying a snack at Borough Market as part of a London and Edinburgh itinerary

Day 2: Warner Bros Studio

Being the Harry Potter fans that most of my siblings and I are, we had to spend a day at the Warner Bros Studio. They provide a shuttle to the studio from several stops around London. We learned all about special effects, saw the costumes and sets used in the movies, and of course, drank butterbeer and pumpkin juice. Yum!

Woman pushing a cart into a brick wall at Platform 9 3/4 at Warner Bros Studios in London.

It was so fascinating to see the details of the costumes and sets, but my favorite part was learning the secrets of how they did the special effects. Here’s a cool video about some highlights—including Matt flying on a broom!

That night we ate at a traditional English pub, St. George’s Tavern. The fish n chips were excellent!

Day 3: London sights

Double-decker bus tour.

We started off the day with a double-decker bus tour around the city (included in the London Explorer pass). I loved this because we were able to see things and learn about stuff that we otherwise would not have if we’d just taken the subway to the destinations we wanted to visit. You could get on and off the bus whenever you wanted too, so we stopped at the following places along the route.

Our first stop was Kings Cross Station, because I wanted to see Platform 9 ¾. To be honest, Platform 9 3/4 was a little disappointing (they have a better version at the WB studio), but the station was fun to see.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

Next we stopped at St. Paul’s Cathedral. I was seriously BLOWN AWAY! I loved everything about St. Paul’s, and it was a highlight of London for me.  A definite must-do. Both inside and outside were gorgeous. We went to a Sunday service, and the acoustics inside were just incredible! I loved hearing the choir and looking up at the immaculate ceiling. They also have guided tours you can take when there aren’t services going on. And the grounds are beautiful. You can even channel your inner Mary Poppins on the famous steps in front of the cathedral.

Couple outside of St. Paul's Cathedral enjoying their London and Edinburgh itinerary

Tower of London

We hopped back on the bus and got off at the Tower of London. It’s not really a tower, but a fortress and prison. We learned all about the history, the ravens, and the crown jewels from our awesome guide, Beefeater Dave. (The prison guards were called beefeaters back in the day.) After our tour, we got to go in and see the famed crown jewels. I enjoyed hearing about all the coronation traditions and seeing the incredible crowns and other items on display.

London Bridge

From there, we went over to the London Bridge (included in the explorer pass), and learned all about this architectural gem. You can even go way up over the bridge to the glass bottom observatory. To be honest, walking on the glass floor that high up kinda freaked me out, but it was still cool!

Woman on glass observatory at the London Bridge as part of a London and Edinburgh itinerary

We had planned for our last stop to be the London Eye, but when we arrived the line had been cut off because it was so late and there were so many people already in line. I was super disappointed, however some of my siblings were able to go and said it was amazing!

Baby at the London Eye as part of a London and Edinburgh itinerary

Day 4: Windsor, Bath, and Stonehenge

We took a day trip out to Windsor castle, Bath, and Stonehenge. Our tour from International Friends Day Trips was awesome! They do smaller group tours (they only do groups of 10-15), so we were the only ones in our van and we had the BEST guide. They made it so easy and enjoyable, and we learned so much about each location. Our guide went above and beyond and talked to us about local culture and politics, etc., which we found so interesting.

Stonehenge

For example, we went right when the whole Brexit thing was happening, so she told us all about it. She also told us the different ways locals prefer to top their scones and toasts (some do jam then cream, and others prefer cream then jam).

Bath

Windsor Castle was gorgeous and we even got to see the staff preparing for Princess Eugenie’s wedding.

Windsor Castle, part of a London and Edinburgh itinerary

Day 5: Oxford/Ilston on the Hill

Since two of my brothers are major fans of JRR Tolkien and CS Lewis, they requested that we visit Oxford. We took a day trip out to Oxford and did a guided walking tour from a local Oxford student. While I didn’t think Oxford would be super interesting, this charming town proved me wrong! We learned all about the university and the different colleges. Our guide even told us interesting facts and stories about those famous authors. We ate lunch at the local Eagle and Child pub where Tolkien and Lewis came to meet up with their writer friends and discuss their writing. The food was delicious, and the sticky toffee pudding was to die for!

Group enjoying lunch at the Eagle and Child pub in Oxford

Legend has it that when CS Lewis came out of the doors of the church on the Oxford campus, he saw a door with a lion and a fawn on it and looked to his right and saw a lamppost. And the idea for The Chronicles of Narnia was born! So of course we had to visit that church and see for ourselves. For other travel-inspiring books , check out our favorites here !

Chronicles of Narnia inspired sights in Oxford

The local museum featured a really cool Tolkien exhibit that included some of his original manuscripts and drawings. We even saw original, illustrated letters that Tolkien had written to his children from Santa. Honestly, I wished we would have had more time in Oxford.

Ilston on the Hill

Later that day we visited a small town called Ilston on the Hill. My mom had been doing some family history and discovered that many of our ancestors came from this place. (This was actually the reason my mom wanted to come to London in the first place—to see the places where our ancestors came from.)

Man doing a gravestone rubbing at Ilston on the Hill cemetery

We visited the local church where many of our ancestors were christened, married, and buried. After talking with a local, we even got to go inside and look around and see the church’s 200 year old Bible! Honestly, this was a really special part of our trip. If you have the opportunity to visit the places your ancestors came from, I highly recommend it!

200 year old Bible at the Ilston on the Hill church

Day 6: London sights

Since we are members of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints , we wanted to visit our church’s London Temple while we were there. We hired a driver to take us out to the suburbs where the temple is located. It was a beautiful drive and so fun to see some of the country. (I highly recommend hiring a driver if you can. It was so nice not to have to worry about directions or traffic, etc in a foreign country.) We had a wonderful time at the temple, and I especially loved the beautiful grounds.

London LDS temple

If you want to stay in London, I’d suggest visiting the Shakespeare’s Globe Theater, the Churchill War Rooms, and/or Kensington Palace. Or, you could go out to Greenwich (home to the Meridian Line at the Royal Observatory, Cutty Sark, and the National Maritime Museum). All of these attractions (minus Kensington) are included in the Explorer Pass.

After our morning at the temple, we indulged in afternoon tea at the Hotel Café Royal. I love going to afternoon tea! It’s a British tradition that should not be missed. They serve several different kinds of tea (including herbal), scones, sandwiches, and pastries. You think this might be a snack, but it’s a full-on meal! So we definitely left with full bellies!

A group enjoying afternoon tea as part of their London and Edinburgh itinerary

After tea, we saw Hamilton at the Victoria Palace Theater. There are several theaters in the West End that feature the best of Broadway! Hamilton was AMAZING! As I’m sure all the shows are that London has to offer.

Victoria Palace Theater in London

Day 7: Train to Edinburgh

As much as I wished we would have had more time in London, we took a train to Edinburgh to finish out our trip. I loved riding through the countryside and seeing the beauty of the landscapes and the small towns we passed through.

Castle in the English countryside

Upon arriving in Edinburgh and getting checked into our hotel, we enjoyed dinner at The Tower Restaurant. The Tower features fine dining on the top floor of the National Museum of Scotland. This was the BEST meal! Seriously, I think this was the best steak I’ve ever had in my life. We even tried haggis there and it wasn’t gross. And the views from the roof were incredible.

Steak and potatoes at the Tower Restaurant in Edinburgh

Day 8: Loch Lomond, Stirling Castle, and Trossachs National Park

We had originally wanted to visit Loch Ness, but we discovered that Loch Lomond was supposedly prettier and closer. And had a song inspired by it! So we hired a driver to take us out to the loch. We used Kilted Piper Tours , and Graeme, our driver and guide, was incredible!

Man feeling the water at Loch Lomond as part of a London and Edinburgh itinerary

This was probably my favorite day of our whole trip. Stirling Castle was interesting, and the Scottish landscapes of Loch Lomond and Trossachs National Park were just gorgeous. Graeme even played the bagpipes for us and the highlight was when he let us have a turn!

Man playing the bagpipes at Loch Lomond

Day 9: Kirkton of Glenisla

Another line of our ancestors come from the small Scottish town of Kirkton of Glenisla. We knew there was a home in Glenisla that my 3 rd great grandfather, John Robertson, had lived in as a child with his family before they immigrated to the US. And we wanted to find it! So we set out on a bit of a wild goose hunt because we didn’t know exactly where it was.

Robertson brothers

We saw the schoolhouse and the church in town where my ancestors went, and scoured the graveyard for our ancestors’ headstones. The local Glenisla pub, where we enjoyed lunch, had the best steak pie! Graeme drove us around again, and he was just as determined as we were to find the house. After much searching, we finally found it and were so excited!

Family in front of the Faulds of Derry home in Kirkton of Glenisla

The cute couple who lived there let us in and look around and told us about the history of the home. It really was a neat experience. I was even able to find some Robertson tartan souvenirs to bring home and wear proudly!

Man holding Robertson tartan tie

If you don’t have ancestors from anywhere near Edinburgh, you can skip the day trip and spend an extra day in Edinburgh—there’s plenty to do! Although the countryside is beautiful!

Day 10: Edinburgh

We enjoyed simply walking around Edinburgh and basking in the architecture and culture. Sounds of bagpipes echoed from outside of one of the churches and we just stopped to listen for a while. We also visited the National Museum of Scotland, Edinburgh Castle, the Royal Mile, and Princes Street Gardens.

Couple enjoying the Scottish countryside as part of a London and Edinburgh itinerary

There is so much history and beauty to enjoy in Edinburgh! One of our favorites included an old cannon called Mons Meg. We loved this because Meg is my mom’s name!

Scottish cannons

And don’t miss the cranachan—a traditional Scottish dessert with berries and cream. Yum!

Scottish countryside

As a recap, here’s the basic 10-day London and Edinburgh itinerary

Day 1: Buckingham Palace, Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, Thames River Cruise, Borough Market Day 2: Warner Bros Studios Day 3: Double-decker bus tour, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower of London, Tower Bridge, London Eye Day 4: Day trip to Stonehenge, Bath, & Windsor Day 5: Day trip to Oxford Day 6: Temple, afternoon tea, Broadway show Day 7: Train to Edinburgh Day 8: Day trip to Loch Lomond, Stirling Castle, Trossachs National Park Day 9: Day trip to Glenisla or stay in Edinburgh Day 10: National Museum of Scotland, Edinburgh Castle, Royal Mile, Princes Street Gardens

Group in hired van to experience their London and Edinburgh itinerary

Yes it’s a lot, but it’s worth it! This was one of my favorite trips I’ve ever been on. This 10-day London and Edinburgh itinerary made some of our favorite memories of all time! What questions do you have about London or Edinburgh?

Note: I only recommend products that I love and would use myself. This post may contain a few affiliate links. When you purchase something through a link on this site, we may earn a small commission (at no additional cost to you). See our full disclosure here . Thank you for supporting our family!

Want to make family travel easier?

Sign up to get our best tips for family travel made easy delivered straight to your inbox and spend more time making memories with your family!

11 thoughts on “ A 10-Day London and Edinburgh Itinerary ”

Wonderful itinerary! These are two of my favorite cities. When my sisters, niece, mom and I did this tour, we added a couple of days in Dublin, Ireland as well! Edinburgh is my favorite city in the world.

We wanted to do Ireland as well, but not enough time! Hopefully we can go back and see Ireland too!

This is so inspiring! SO many places that I would LOVE to explore as I am Scottish too!

It really was so neat to see the places where our ancestors came from!

Visiting London and Edinburgh is definitely on the list! We have spent a brief time in London, but not with the kids, and definitely not long enough to explore everything it has to offer.

Oh! London is on bucket list now Edinburg too!

I was surprised at how much I loved Scotland. I definitely want to go back!

Wow, this really is the perfect itinerary! I’d love to experience all the things you’ve listed here. London and Edinburgh are definitely on my list; I just don’t know how I’m ever going to do everything! This makes is seem like it’s manageable. Someday!

Right??!! I don’t know how I’m ever going to get everywhere on my list! But I just keep chipping away a little at a time and hope that someday I’ll get everywhere!

We’ve been to London so would love to take these day trips! And love that you can just hop on a train to Edinburgh! Great guide and pics!

Wow, this is the most amazing trip ever! I want to go and do all of this!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

An Adventure is Calling

2 Weeks in England and Ireland: Trip Itinerary

Two Weeks in England & Ireland A Perfect Itinerary An Adventure is Calling 2

England and Ireland are two destinations that are easy to fall in love with, and it is so easy to fit both into one trip across the pond! My husband and I loved our two week (13 day) trip, and I’m excited to share our itinerary with you. We spent our days exploring royal palaces in London, attending services in beautiful churches in multiple cities, and adventuring through the beautiful streets of Bath. We relaxed in the countryside, boated down the Avon River, and hiked the beautiful hills of Ireland. Our trip was perfect for us, and I hope you enjoy reading about our experiences.

We may earn money or products from the companies mentioned in this post. We only recommend products and services that we love!

If you would prefer to just read about our time in England or Ireland , you check check out these blog posts: How to Spend 6 Days in England and 4 Perfect Days in Ireland . Keep reading for our complete 13 day itinerary!

Highlights of this post that you might be interested in:

  • London, England Itinerary

Where to stay near Putney High Street, London

  • Bath, England Itinerary
  • Taking a Ferry from Fishguard, Wales, to Rosslare, Ireland
  • Driving from Wexford to Killarney, Ireland

Where to stay in Killarney, Ireland

  • Killarney, Ireland Itinerary
  • Taking a train from Killarney, Ireland, to Dublin
  • Dublin, Ireland Itinerary
  • Taking a Ferry from Dublin, Ireland, to London, England (via Holy Head, Wales)

2 Weeks in England and Ireland: A Perfect Trip Itinerary

Day 1 – london itinerary.

Note about visiting London: If you’re headed to London as a family, you might be interested in: Tips for Visiting London with a Toddler (or a Baby) .

Putney High Street

We landed at Heathrow Airport in the late afternoon. By the time we made it through customs and collected our luggage, it was evening and time to meet our vacation home host. We stayed on Putney High Street, which we loved. The tube was a short 5 minute walk away, and we loved the area. We ate at Gourmet Burger Kitchen and enjoyed walking around the neighborhood before turning in early.

An Adventure is Calling London Itinerary 8

  • “Putney Perfect” 3 Bedroom House with Beautiful Interiors- sleeps 5
  • “Putney Hill Pad” 3 Bedroom House with a Balcony- sleeps 6
  • “Dolby Delight” Spacious 2,153 sq ft 3 Bedroom with a Patio Garden- sleeps 6
  • Spacious Contemporary Flat with a Patio- sleeps 3
  • Bright 1 Bedroom Flat on the River- sleeps 3
  • The Hotel Lodge- Putney
  • Putney Hotel, BW Signature Collection
  • Mk Hotel London

Day 2 – London

We began our first full day in London by waking up in our cute little apartment on Putney High Street at 3am (which is unfortunately no longer listed, but you can find other lovely apartments on Putney High Street here ). We couldn’t beat the jet lag so we gave in and watched local news on the tele for a few hours while we waited for Sainbury’s to open at 7am so that we could make ourselves breakfast (I was thrilled with the ingredients lists on so many items at Sainbury’s! As someone with food allergies , I found that London overall was really easy to navigate (you can read about my top 10 places to eat gluten-free in London here ). Our apartment was located on top of a Costa Coffee , so we enjoyed a hot drink before heading out for the day.

Buckingham Palace & the Changing of the Guards

Since we were ready to go bright and early, we headed to Buckingham Palace to grab a great spot for the Changing of the Guard Ceremony at Buckingham Palace. This was something that I wanted to see since I was a little girl, and I loved checking it off my bucket list on the first day!

Pro Tip: Arrive early! We arrived about 25 minutes before it started, and we had a front front row view of the ceremony. It was crowded (not something I would recommend to people who struggle with claustrophobia!) – but something I am glad I have witnessed at least once in my life!

An Adventure is Calling London Itinerary

Buckingham Palace Road & Hyde Park

After the ceremony, we took our time enjoying Buckingham Palace Road before heading over to Hyde Park . We loved every minute of the beautiful walk and gorgeous flowers in the park.

Fun Tip: Considering seeing Hyde Park by bike! This guided tour will allow you to see several amazing sites in London, including the park, and will help you avoid crowds.

An Adventure is Calling London Itinerary 4

The British Museum

We enjoyed the British Museum for a couple of hours in the afternoon. To be honest, it was a little warm inside (no AC), so paired with our jet leg, we weren’t as awake as we would have liked! When you visit this museum, you’ll want to make time for the Rosetta Stone and Parthenon Marbles. They are both beautiful!

The London Eye

That evening we grabbed tickets for the London Eye . This was something we both wanted to do, and we are glad we decided to splurge a little to make it happen. We loved the beautiful views of London and overall loved our experience.

An Adventure is Calling London Itinerary 11

Day 3 – London Itinerary

Notting hill & portobello market.

We started our 2 nd day in London at Portobello Market in Notting Hill. Exploring Portobello Road was near the top of my must-do list, and it did not disappoint! We loved the peaceful walk through Notting Hill. Talk about beautiful homes! The market itself was crowded, and most vendors did not appreciate it when tourists took photos of their inventory without making a purchase, so I avoided that. We bought some delicious street food, a few little souvenirs, and a cute dress for me. We took our time at the market and then explored the side streets more on our way out. We could have spent all day enjoying those lovely streets! It sprinkled a little bit, but we didn’t mind!

Pro Tip: Notting Hill is arguably one of the most beautiful spots in London, so consider booking a local photographer to capture your memories! We are personally big fans of Flytographer and have used their services in several cities around the world (you can read about some of our experiences here and use my referral link for $25 off your first photo shoot). You can also book a professional travel photographer/tour guide here , which looks like another wonderful, high-rated option.

An Adventure is Calling London Itinerary 7

Kensington Palace & Gardens

Then we headed to Kensington Palace – one of the highlights of our trip! We loved exploring the palace, but our favorite memories were actually spent outside enjoying the gardens. So many people skip this portion of the palace, but it was peaceful and something we wouldn’t want to have missed!

When you leave the palace, I highly recommend exiting on Kensington Palace Gardens. This is the street that runs on the west side of the palace, and it is gorgeous (it is the most expensive street in Great Britain). Photos are not allowed to be taken on this street. Stroll slowly and enjoy the beautiful embassies and residencies. They are truly breathtaking.

Fun Tip: Considering booking a Royal High Tea at Kensington Palace for a unique, upgraded experience !

4 Days in London - An Adventure is Calling

Westminster Abbey

That evening we enjoyed an Evensong service at Westminster Abbey . It was beautiful and fully lived up to our expectations!

Pro tip: When visiting places of worship, attend an actual service. This can save you money on the admission fee (we always give donations but do not need an admission ticket), and you get to truly experience the Abbey (or Cathedral, etc.) in all its beauty. Note that you are not allowed to take photos inside.

An Adventure is Calling London Itinerary 10

Big Ben & the House of Parliament

It took us awhile to make our way to the Abbey, because there was a large political protest going on nearby. Several metro stations were shut down. We originally planned to do the “ Westminster Walk ” before heading to the Abbey, but we didn’t have time. The protests had mostly fizzled out by the time the service was over, so we walked over to see Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament .

Day 4 – London Itinerary

St. paul’s cathedral.

We started our 3 rd day in London by attending mass at St. Paul’s Cathedral . It was beautiful! (Photos are not allowed inside.) After visiting several cathedrals and abbeys throughout the UK and Ireland, I can happily report that this is my favorite (we returned here on our second trip to London too!). I love the light colors and natural sunshine that flows through the windows of the Cathedral in the morning.

Pro Tip: I mentioned this earlier, but I’ll say it again, because it’s one of my favorite tips for visiting places of worship abroad. Considering attending an actual service. This will give you a true experience and will save you admission costs (donations are appreciated).

An Adventure is Calling London Itinerary 13

Kew Palace & Gardens

After church, we headed by metro to Kew Palace and Gardens , which is located in Richmond, just outside of London. When I researched royal palaces before our trip, it was obvious that many people skip Kew Palace (likely because it is outside the city and easily turns into a day trip). I was fascinated by its history (this is where King George III spent his days after losing the American Colonies) and the beautiful photos of the gardens, and I knew we needed to make it a priority.

There were a fair share of people there that day (it was also Father’s Day), but it was not crowded at all. We loved exploring the castle and the treetop walk in the gardens. We spent the rest of the day there, enjoying their cafes, and exploring the grounds. There is so much see, so be sure to schedule at least half of day here if you add it to your itinerary. Overall, this was one of my favorite destinations on our trip to London.

An Adventure is Calling London Itinerary 14

Looking for more ideas? Check out my post on Visiting London for the Second Time and Parenthood4ever’s post on Free Things to do in London !

Day 5 – Bath, England Itinerary

Traveling from london to bath.

We left by train for Bath from Paddington Station at 7:30am. The train was absolutely packed. We spent the 1 st hour of the trip standing with our luggage in between train cars, before train seats opened up (it was totally our fault for leaving London at rush hour!). We loved the passing view of the English countryside from the train, and decided that we would love to eventually road trip through England (which we did on our next trip! Read about that here !).

Our Cottage in the Village of Southstoke

We arrived in Bath at 10:25am and headed straight to our vacation rental (which unfortunately isn’t listed anymore, but you can fine other amazing rentals in Bath here ). We wanted to drop off our luggage before heading to downtown Bath. Our adorable cottage was located in the village of Southstoke, a couple miles outside of Bath. Our host sent us suggestions for getting there, which including walking directions and bus directions. We opted to walk there, because the directions said it was just two miles from the train station. We thought we would enjoy the beautiful views and cobblestone streets, and then take the bus back into Bath later. We never found out what happened exactly- but the walk was much longer than 2 miles, and it took us almost 3 hours total (which included a 1 hour lunch break stop to refuel). (When we met our hosts later that night, they were shocked when we told them that we had walked there and had no idea that their check-in instructions gave that recommendation.)

Our feet were sore and we couldn’t wait to dump our luggage (thankfully, we traveled with backpacks!), but we knew it was all worth it once we crested the hill into Southstoke. We felt like we has stepped back in time a couple hundred years. We immediately fell in love with our destination. The overall hike was totally unexpected, and we missed our 2pm walking tour of Bath as a result, but we still laugh about our adventure. It made our overall trip to Bath more memorable, and we loved the gorgeous countryside views along the way. That being said- we learned a valuable lesson. We will always map walking directions/distance on our own before we head somewhere on foot again. 🙂

Where to stay in Bath, UK

  • Luxury Penthouse in Bath City Centre- sleeps 2
  • Luxury Heritage Apartment with Georgian Architecture- sleeps 6
  • Luxury 1 Bedroom in the Heart of Bath- sleeps 2
  • Boutique Chic Apartment in Bath City Centre- sleeps 4
  • Georgian Town House in Central Bath- sleeps 10
  • 18th Century Cottage in Wollard, Bath- sleeps 3
  • No. 15 by GuestHouse in Bath Hotel
  • The Bath Priory Hotel and Spa
  • The Royal Crescent Hotel & Spa

An Adventure is Calling Bath England 3

Our cottage was an adorable little garden hut with a magical, breathtaking view. Unfortunately, our hosts moved shortly after our stay, so this hut isn’t available for rent anymore. But I highly recommend looking into Southstoke for other accommodations . Downtown Bath is wonderful, but it did not beat the gorgeous views in Southstoke.

An Adventure is Calling Bath England 1

The Bath Abbey & Tower Tour

After enjoying the peaceful view in the country for awhile and freshening up, we walked to the nearby bus stop and rode back into town (and laughed about how quick and easy the trip was). Since we missed our walking tour, we headed straight to the Bath Abbey for a late afternoon Tower Tour. It was incredible! The Abbey itself was immaculate.

An Adventure is Calling Bath England 4

On the Tower Tour, we climbed several flights of stairs, learned about the history of the Abbey, and climbed behind the clock. The tour ended with the most incredible view of Bath from the Abbey’s rooftop. If you are able to climb stairs and are ok with some tight spaces, I highly recommend this tour!

An Adventure is Calling Bath England 5

The Abbey Church Yard, Dinner, & Tea with the Locals

By the time our tour was over, most of Bath was closed up for the evening (museums, shops, etc.). We enjoyed ice cream in the Abbey Church Yard (a large courtyard) and strolled the streets before eating dinner at “ Lamb & Lion ” (bangers and mash, anyone?).

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

We headed back to our cottage (by bus this time!) and met our hosts for the first time. They were lovely! They invited us into their kitchen for tea and biscuits. It was a lot of fun to hang out with locals. We discussed travel and American & British politics, and it was lovely to hear how they viewed our nation.

Day 6 – Bath Itinerary

The roman & medieval baths.

The next morning, we went to the Roman and Medieval Baths (you probably don’t want to miss this if Bath is on your itinerary). This is what makes Bath famous (and gives it its name). We spent a few hours here, enjoying the history. While it wasn’t the highlight of our trip to Bath, we did love it. It’s a must-see in Bath!

An Adventure is Calling Bath England 12

Boating on the River Avon

After lunch, we went to the Bath Boating Station and rented a Victorian-style wooden rowboat. We spent two glorious hours on the River Avon. If you enjoy boating of any kind (canoeing, kayaking, etc.), then I cannot recommend this experience enough! It doesn’t make the list for most tourists, but we always seek out these opportunities when we travel, and they make up our favorite memories. My husband did most of the rowing while I steered us. I really cannot put into words how peaceful, beautiful, and romantic the whole experience was.

An Adventure is Calling Bath England 14

Pulteney Weir & Bridge

We spent the rest of our evening exploring Pulteney Weir and Bridge and the beautiful homes/streets in the city. Again, the attractions and business in Bath close early, so we soaked up as much of the outdoor beauty of the city as we could before heading back to our garden hut for one final night.

An Adventure is Calling Bath England 11

Day 7 – Traveling to Rosslare, Ireland

We woke up early in Bath and took a train to Fishguard, Wales , where we grabbed lunch at a local pub before taking the Stena Line ferry across the Irish Sea to Ireland . It was a very fun, positive experience! It was chilly on the deck (most people stayed inside the ship), but we hung out for hours outside. We loved enjoying the beautiful views. While it is popular to take a flight between the two locations, we are so glad we decided to take the ferry, and I highly recommend it.

An Adventure is Calling Stena Line

We docked in Rosslare, Ireland , in the evening, and we stayed in a local hotel in Rosslare . The room was perfectly clean, but we were a little surprised at how little there was in the surrounding area. There were a few places within walking distance to eat dinner but options were slim.

Where to stay in Rosslare, Ireland

  • Ferryport House B&B
  • Hotel Rosslare

Day 8 – Killarney, Ireland Itinerary

Driving from wexford to killarney.

The next morning, we woke up early and too a bus to Wexford , where we picked up our rental car . We arrived in Killarney in the late afternoon, after driving across Ireland.

The drive across Ireland was magical and was even more beautiful than I had imagined. Ireland was just as green as I had envisioned. Photos and videos cannot do it justice. We stopped for lunch in a tiny town where we were the only tourists in the only open pub (the owner even kicked a few regulars out of their seats for us- which was a little awkward but amusing at the same time). We enjoyed our first true Irish lunch (I had bangers and mash) before continuing on our beautiful road trip. Without stops, the drive took 3 hours and 15 minutes. My husband is a total stud and rocked the whole driving a manual on the opposite side of the car/road thing. We passed countless rolling, green hills and few gorgeous castles along the way.

Pro Tip: I highly recommend renting your own car if at all possible. I realize that many people are not comfortable with this, but if you are up for the challenge, I cannot recommend it enough! It was lovely to move at our own pace, experience local culture, and stop whenever we wanted to enjoy the view.

  • Luxury Historic Manor on 68 Acre Private Estate- sleeps 14
  • 2 Bedroom Apartment with Private Grounds- sleeps 4
  • Killarney Railway Hostel
  • The Victoria Hotel in Killarney
  • The International Hotel Killarney
  • Muckross Park Hotel & Spa
  • Old Weir Lodge Killarney

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

Lodging – The Killarney Railway Hostel

When we arrived in Killarney, it was late in the afternoon and we checked into our lodging- the Killarney Railway Hostel . This was the only hostel we stayed in during our entire trip (the rest of the time we stayed in vacation homes and a couple of hotels). VRBO pickings were slim during our stay, so we opted for a private room in this hostel, which had great reviews. Parking was tight – they had only a handful of spots and they were tiny. One spot was open and it took my husband awhile to squeeze our rental car in, but we made it! (Note: When we returned to the hostel later that night, after we explored Dingle Peninsula, there were not any spots available. We had to park in a public parking lot in downtown Killarney, which was nearby, and walk back to the hostel.)

We opted for the private double bed option, which slept two and had a private bathroom. The hostel had a very rustic feel, and our private bedroom made it feel like a hotel. The room had two beds- one double and one twin, so my husband and I slept together in the double.

Overall, we were really happy with our stay. In true hostel form, it was loud at night with people walking down the hallway, but my husband and I are both deep sleepers and didn’t have any problems with it.

The shared kitchen was nice and spacious, with plenty of refrigerator space. We made breakfast there on our first morning, but we were not able to access it on our second (and last) morning there. The kitchen was locked up at night, and we had to leave before it opened to catch our 7:36am train to Dublin. We couldn’t find an open breakfast spot in town that early either, so I had to eat chips for breakfast (I have several food allergies , so allergen-friendly snacks are a must when I travel!).

Overall, I would highly recommend a private room in the Killarney Railway Hostel , if you’re ok with a little noise. The staff were all friendly and helpful, and we paid 5 Euro to have them wash and dry a load of laundry for us while we were out exploring. We were thankful for that service!

Dingle Peninsula

By the time we checked into our hostel, it was late afternoon. A lot of the major Killarney attractions were closing soon for the day, but we were ready to explore! We headed out for a couple hours in our rental car for the Dingle Peninsula . (The drive around Dingle Peninsula is about 30 miles, and you must drive it in clockwise direction.)

Pro Tip: You don’t want to miss Dingle Peninsula, so if you don’t rent your own car, consider booking a guided tour !

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

It was so fun . Because it was later in the day, almost all of the tourists were gone. We didn’t see any tour buses, and we only saw 1 or 2 cars on our drive. We loved having the tiny little roads to ourselves!

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

It started raining, which made our experience that much more fun. We stopped several times to take in the beauty of Ireland and enjoyed the scenery with awe. We fell in love with the view!

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

Day 9 – Killarney, Ireland Itinerary

Gap of dunloe.

We began the next day by driving to the Gap of Dunloe , which turned out to be the most stunning destination that I have ever traveled to. I really mean it. It was absolutely gorgeous, and it left us breathless. We never wanted to leave, and we wound up spending several hours here (longer than we expected and planned for), because we could not pull ourselves away.

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

The Gap of Dunloe is a narrow mountain pass in Killarney. There are several lakes, countless rolling green hills, adorable sheep, and authentic cottages in the area. Although it is considered a popular tourist attraction, I have found that many people skip this when visiting Killarney. Please, do yourself a favor, and do not skip it! If you only visit one destination in Killarney, pick this! There are several amazing guided tours that will take you here as well.

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

You can rent a jaunting car (a horse-drawn cart with a guide- called a ponyman), but we chose to walk the gap. We took our time and explored as much as we could. We relaxed by the streams, enjoyed walking alongside the friendly sheep, and took in as much beauty as possible. We got lucky with perfect, sunny weather.

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

We ate a late lunch at Kate Kearney’s Cottage , which is located at the entrance to the Gap of Dunloe. It’s been family-run for 150 years. We loved their cheesecake! It was difficult to leave the Gap of Dunloe, but there were a few other sites in Killarney that we wanted to see, so we managed to pull ourselves away. (You can enjoy more of our photos from the Gap of Dunloe in this post.)

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

Ross Castle

After lunch we drove to Ross Castle , which was beautiful! It was built in the 1400s, and it is open the public now for guided tours. We are really glad we decided to go inside – we learned so much about Killarney history and life for all the social classes. (Spoiler alert- even the wealthy didn’t live very glamorous lives!)

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

The grounds are stunning and it was well worth our time to explore the outside of the castle. It is right next to Lough Leane (also known as Killarney’s lower lake). We saw several people out on the lake on hired boats , and we decided that we need to make time for that next time we go to Killarney!

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

Torc Waterfall

Torc Waterfall is a beautiful waterfall at the bottom of Torc Mountain. We did our research and knew that the best views were from the bottom, so we opted out of doing the hiking trail to the top of the mountain (we knew we wouldn’t have enough time in the day to do it all- sadly!).

The waterfall did not disappoint! It was pretty crowded compared to the Gap of Dunloe, but we still had a great experience. People often see red deer here. We didn’t, but I imagine that it would make the experience that much more beautiful!

Dreaming of the perfect Irish town? I highly recommend spending time in Killarney, Ireland. We spent 36 hours there as part of our trip to Ireland and England.

We originally planned to visit the Muckross House as well, but we decided to skip it after arriving at the Gap of Dunloe. We wanted to see it all, but we knew we would enjoy ourselves much more if we took everything slowly and truly enjoyed our experiences, rather than rushing from one place to the next.

That evening, we returned our rental car (which turned out to be a very difficult task- I’ll blog about it soon!) and then enjoyed dinner at a local pub. My husband drank Murphy’s Irish Stout here for the first time (a bartender’s recommendation), and it has been his favorite ever since (thank you, Trader Joe’s, for selling it here in California!). We were excited to visit Dublin the next day but we were so sad to leave Killarney! We agreed that 36 hours wasn’t enough time, and we will absolutely return again!

Day 10 – Dublin, Ireland Itinerary

Getting from killarney to dublin.

We caught a 7:36am train from Killarney to Dublin . The trip took about 3 hours with stops (we arrived at 10:45am). There were several political events taking place in Dublin that day (it was a Saturday), so the city was particularly busy. After arriving, we had to take a bus to the nearest DART station, where we waited for about 25 minutes (we were expecting the DART system to be more like the Underground in London, but the trains are not as frequent).

We rented a vacation home in Killiney , a nearby suburb. It was just 10 miles from the city, but it took much longer to get there than we had imagined. Our hosts were lovely and picked us up from the Glenageary DART station, which was a few minutes from their house. Our flat was wonderful! It was a one bedroom apartment, attached to a main house. It had a comfortable bedroom, a full kitchen (with a washer/dryer), a bathroom, and a nice living area. Even though we had a nice stay there, we will stay closer to the city next time.

In total, it took us 3 hours to get from the train station to our flat, and by that time we were pretty exhausted from our late night/early morning/half day of travel. Dublin itself was packed and public transportation was slow with all the events of the day, so we made the decision to explore the suburb of Killiney instead. This was not in our initial plans, but it was a decision that were both content with.

Killiney Hill Park & Killiney Hill

We set out on foot and enjoyed lunch at the Killiney Shopping Centre. We took our time with food and drinks and stopped by the market for some groceries so that we could cook later on. It was sprinkling, but we didn’t mind!

We walked to Killiney Hill Park, which turned out to be beautiful! We really had no idea how much Killiney had to offer, and we were glad we decided to explore it. Then we climbed Killiney Hill, which is one of two hills that form a boundary of Dublin Bay. The view from the top of the hill is amazing ! We had a great view of Dublin (to the northeast), and on a clear day, you can see the Irish Sea and Wales to the southeast. It was cold and rainy so we didn’t get to see Wales, but we loved every minute. We took our time, explored, and enjoyed the view well into the evening.

Although we were in Dublin for parts of 3 days, we spent a solid 36 hours truly exploring. I'm excited to share our itinerary for how we spent those hours!

Where to stay in Dublin, Ireland

  • Apartment in the Heart of the City with River Views- sleeps 4
  • Stunning Penthouse in the Heart of Dublin- sleeps 4
  • 2 Bedroom Apartment with Panoramic Sea Views- sleeps 4
  • Beautiful Garden Mews on Historic Property- sleeps 4
  • Newly Restored Red Brick Apartment- sleeps 4
  • Temple Bar Inn
  • Temple Bar Hotel
  • Clayton Hotel Burlington Road

Day 11 – Dublin Itinerary

Kilmainham gaol.

We woke up the next morning early, ready for a full day in Dublin. We decided to go to Kilmainham Gaol first, because it was at the top of both of our must-see lists. Kilmainham Gaol was a jail, now run by the Office of Public Works. It was used for many years by the British to jail Irish revolutionaries throughout history.

Although we were in Dublin for parts of 3 days, we spent a solid 36 hours truly exploring. I'm excited to share our itinerary for how we spent those hours!

If you love history, then this is a MUST SEE! We were there for several hours, so it was a big time commitment, but it was the highlight of our time in Dublin. My husband and I both loved every minute of it. You have to take a guided tour if you want to really see it, and it did not disappoint. We learned a lot about Irish history and explored jail cells and common areas. It really was fascinating!

Although we were in Dublin for parts of 3 days, we spent a solid 36 hours truly exploring. I'm excited to share our itinerary for how we spent those hours!

Dublin Castle

Then we headed to Dublin Castle ! We decided to walk so that we could see more of the city. We still laugh about this, because we totally got lost. We were expecting the castle to be a bit more obvious- like the palaces in London. We literally walked right by the castle’s courtyard wall and didn’t realize it!

When we finally realized that were right next to it, we went in and enjoyed its beauty! The inside was beautiful, but it was really the courtyard that we loved the most.

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

St. Patrick’s Cathedral

We decided to attend a “Choir of Angels” service at St. Patrick’s Cathedral , and it was beautiful! The Cathedral and its grounds were stunning. Keep in mind that you often cannot take photos inside churches, particularly during service times.

Pro Tip: You can avoid Cathedral/Abbey entry fees by attending services, rather than open admission hours; we always give a donation, but we feel like we get to truly experience these places without paying for standard admission.

Although we were in Dublin for parts of 3 days, we spent a solid 36 hours truly exploring. I'm excited to share our itinerary for how we spent those hours!

Temple Bar Square

By this time, it was evening, so we headed to Temple Bar Square for dinner. We were hoping to make it to their book market (open on Sundays until 6pm), but we just missed it. We still enjoyed exploring the area. We had decided to skip the Guinness Storehouse earlier that day, so my husband enjoyed a Guinness at a local bar. We did some souvenir shopping and took our time enjoying the culture.

We also witnessed a bar fight! One man broke a bottle over another man’s head in front of a bar. It was quite the sight and an interesting end to our time in the square! Thankfully, everyone seemed to be ok, and it ended with the first man being arrested and the second getting checked out by (what appeared to be) paramedics.

Although we were in Dublin for parts of 3 days, we spent a solid 36 hours truly exploring. I'm excited to share our itinerary for how we spent those hours!

Day 12 – Dublin/London

Getting from dublin, ireland, to london, england.

Day 12 was a long travel day for us. We woke up early and made our way to Dublin Port, where we took the Stena Line back to the UK (this time we went to Holyhead, Wales). From there, we took a train back to London . We checked in at the London City Hotel (on Borough High Street) for our last night. We walked around Cheapside and along the River Thames. We enjoyed a relaxing dinner and some shopping.

An Adventure is Calling River Thames

Day 13 – London Itinerary

Tower of london.

On our last day, we enjoyed one final full English breakfast at the cute bistro underneath our hotel. We got an early start at the Tower of London , where we started with the Crown Jewels (and beat the crowds!). This day was uncharacteristically warm in London (mid 80s F), so we appreciated the air conditioning!

An Adventure is Calling London Itinerary 15

Tower Bridge

After, we enjoyed walking across the Tower Bridge and then did some clothes shopping in Cheapside. We purposely waited to shop until our last day, so that we didn’t add too much to our luggage at the beginning of our trip.

Pro Tip: Do what we did on our second trip to London , and go inside Tower Bridge to walk across the glass floor over the River Thames.

An Adventure is Calling London Itinerary 16

We left London, hesitantly, that evening and traveled back to California (with a long layover in Moscow, Russia). We absolutely loved our time in England and Ireland and immediately started dreaming of going back.

I hope you enjoyed our perfect itinerary for 2 weeks in England and Ireland. If you have ever done a trip like this, I would love to hear how you chose to spend your time. If you haven’t been yet, what are you looking forward to the most?

An Adventure is Calling Signature

Pin for later:

Two Weeks in England & Ireland A Perfect Itinerary An Adventure is Calling

Related Posts

An Adventure is Calling One Week in Kauai Itinerary

One Week (7 days) in Kauai Itinerary

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

The Lake District for Families

Although we were in Dublin for parts of 3 days, we spent a solid 36 hours truly exploring. I'm excited to share our itinerary for how we spent those hours!

36 Hours in Dublin

73 comments, laura pedlar.

You had an epic time and packed so much into your two week trip! London is a great city, i could Go back each time and still see something new. Have never been to notting hill so may make a point of going next time. Ive nEver visited Ireland and it looks so beautiful from your photos, i really need to book a trip!

I completely agree- there is so much to do in London. We are going back in a few months, and I have a long list of new things to explore. I highly recommend Ireland. It’s beautiful! I see that you love to cruise, so maybe you would enjoy a cruise of the British Isles. I know a few people who have done it and LOVED it!

Linda Healey

Unbelievable!! Loved reading about your trip. We had a trip planned so similar to your that someone would have sworn we collaborated!! Our trip was cancelled due to covid but we will rebook once the pandemic has passed and travel is safe once more. We will spend 16 total days but 14 nights, 7 in England and 7 in Ireland. In addition to just about everything you did we are adding Cornwall and Dartmoor National Park and maybe a side trip from Bath to the Cotswolds. We can’t wait!! Thanks again for sharing!!

Wow…. you guys sure covered some serious ground! That is a massive list of things you did in the 2 weeks trip to England and Ireland! But it lays out well perfectly so definitely bookmarking! Love all the things you did in London and I totally agree about feeling claustrophobic at the changing of the guards. We opted to stand towards the back. Although the view was of course limited, I didn’t fancy being crushed by tourists. Love the markets. They are the best! I have never been to Ireland but sooooo high on our list!

It was a great trip! Yes, the changing of the guard can be so crowded! I’m glad we witnessed it at least once though. 🙂 I hope you make it to Ireland soon! It’s breathtaking there!

Debjani lahiri

Wow, thats an amazing itinerary of UK. i AM PLANNING A TRIP TO UK IN NEXT OCT WOULD DEFINITELY BOOKMARK YOUR ARTICLE FOR MY FUTURE REFERENCE.

I hope it helps you out when planning your trip next year. Enjoy! 🙂

It’s must have been great to WITNESS the Changing Of the Guard Ceremony at Buckhingam Palace. I wish I knew about the ceremony last time I visited. The Kensington Palace Gardens looks really gorgeous. The landscapes of dingle peninsula and gap of dunloe are so beautiful too! Iam surely going to keep your guide next time I visit England and Ireland to make sure I check out all these places.

I am glad you enjoyed this post! 🙂

What an awesome itinerary! I really didn’t think one could cover so much in just two weeks! I’m preparing for a UK trip in a couple of months and I’m so glad I came across this post.

Enjoy your trip! Believe it or not, we actually took is pretty “slow”. Our pace was perfect for seeing a lot but not feeling too rushed.

Archana Singh

Your article brought back my old memories of visiting the UK nad Ireland several times. These are the places i visited too. My favourite was Killarney. However, I ened up staying there for two weeks 😛

I bet it was wonderful to spend two weeks in Killarney!

I so want to visit england! i have met some great people from there and it just seems beautiful. your pics and list just make it that more desirable! thanks for your post.

It’s a beautiful place! full of history and gorgeous destinations!

Wow this trip seems perfect! You relly hit all the highlights of both places. I will have to keep this in mind for a futUre trip idea.

Thanks for sharing!

Glad you enjoyed it! 🙂

Parnashree Devi

WHAT A TRIP IT WAS FOR YOU. I WAS TRAVELLING WITH VITUALLY. LONDON IS DREAM FOR ME. I HAVE BEEN WAITING TO VISIT LONDON AND EXPLORE THE CITY’S ATTRACTIONS. I AM SURE HOW IT MUST HAVE BEEN FELT WHEN YOU SEE THE GLIMPSES OF ROYAL LIFESTYLES WHILE VISITING BUCKINGHAM PALACE AND THE GARDENS. NOTTING HILL IS ON MY LIST TOO FOR THE LOVE OF THE MOVIE. BUT IF ANYTHING JUST AMAZED ME IS IRELAND AND ITS BREATHTAKING LANDSCAPES. I AM IN LOVE WITH GAP OF DUNLOE. I CAN’T WAIT TO VISIT IT SOON. AND YOU GUYS ARE LOOKING SO ADORABLE IN ALL THE PICTURES. KEEP TRAVELLING

Thank you! I am so glad that you enjoyed this post! 🙂

I think that this is a really fab itinerary! I lived in England for a while and all of these places are so familiar. Well, the ones in England anyway! I never got to Ireland, but I’m looking at going there next year! I love your photos – it looks like you had a really wonderful time.

Thank you! It was wonderful!

Carla Natali

I´m definitely bookmarking this for when i return to London, you were able to do so much…probably because you planned thing out so much better than I did!

I enjoy planning our trips before we leave, but I think it’s great to also be flexible and make changes while we are there! 🙂

Denise Hendrick

So many great ideas! I was just in London for a week and missed most of your list except kensington palace. I guess I better go back 😉

I bet your trip was amazing. But, yes, now you have an excuse to go back again soon! 🙂

I love your mix of major landmarks And quieter moments just enjoying the countryside. I always love the idea of long international trips, but i hate being carted around so much that you cannot actually appreciate where you are.

Yes, it’s so important to take time to slow down while on vacation!

Wow you really covered everything! Great itinerary. I loved Bath!

Bath is so great!

Such a nice itinerary! I lived in London for 6 months on an internship and thought I did a great job at exploring, but every post I see shows me something I missed. I keep having to remind myself that it would take years to see all of the UK. (I was also too nervous to rent a car, so everywhere I went was via public transport.)

Looks like you had a fantastic trip. 🙂 I love it when people enjoy London.

Oh, I bet you were able to enjoy so much of London during those 6 months though. We are heading back again soon, and I look forward to exploring new things. I understand your nervousness about renting a car. My husband is usually our driver when we are abroad, but I think I might give it a change on this next trip to the UK. 🙂 Thank you for stopping by and for your kind words!

Euro travel coach

What a wonderful itinerary! We’ve been to most of these places and loved every minute. It’s so great to see a new, fresh perspective. Lovely post and wonderful holiday. Thanks for sharing and congrats on expanding your family!

Thank you for your kinds words! 🙂 I’m so glad you enjoyed reading through our itinerary! We are headed back soon, and next time our baby will be with us!

Oh my goodness…you saw so many amazing things. Great round up sights and itinerary to pack them in to planning.

It was amazing! 🙂

Chelsea Sipe

Ireland is on my list, so I’m saving this for when we plan that trip. So many awesome ideas and tips!

I hope you get to go soon! 🙂

When I grow up, I wanna be just like you! ;p In all seriousness, WOW!!! You got to experience so much in only 2 weeks! I’m impressed! I was just talking to my husband about wanting to go to Ireland someday. My fingers are crossed!

Haha! I HIGHLY recommend Ireland. It is so breath-taking! I hope you get to go one day SOON. 🙂

Well I have never been to London or Ireland and now I am convinced I need to go!! What a great itinerary jam packed with amazing things to do and see 😉

Yes- both are worth a visit!

Amazing! Love this! It’s so detailed and it lays out so many things perfectly! Thanks for this!

Thank you! So glad!

Olivia Thibault

England and especially Ireland are definitely on my bucketlist! The pictures I see in Ireland just look sooo unreal!

Beautiful photos and awesome travel diary from your trip!

xoxo Olivia http://www.ourwanderingmind.com

Thank you for stopping by! I highly recommend both destinations. They are so beautiful!

I love the pictures. Seems a tiring but a beautiful vacation. I can wait to see the Ireland.

Thank you! It actually wasn’t tiring! We went at a nice pace, and it was very relaxing overall! 🙂

This looks incredible! Saving for inspo when I finally plan a trip to Europe!

I am so glad! I hope you make it there soon! 🙂

Great itinerary, theres so much to do in both countries that it’s hard to fit everything in. The pictures look awesome!

I agree! ♥️ So much to see!

What an amazing road trip you must have had! You visited all the great things in London and the places you went to in Ireland look so beautiful, especially the Gap of Dunloe! I really want to go now haha!

I highly recommend it! It’s one of the most beautiful places that I’ve ever been to! ♥️

What a great itinerary! It looks like you all really made the most of your time there. I will definitely be referencing this whenever we eventually make it back to Europe!

Wonderful! Hope you make it there soon! 🙂

What an amazing trip! So much fun packed in. One of the things that I loved reading about was the changing of the guard. That is definitely something I would like to see in the future.

Thanks for sharing your adventures. It gives me inspiration!

I hope you enjoy an adventure soon! 🙂

This is an awesome itinerary – it sounds like you got to experience a lot during your two weeks! England and Ireland are two of my favorite places and reading this makes me really want to go back!

Thank you! It was a wonderful experience!

Such an awesome itinerary! Your Ireland pics are especially beautiful and make me so excited to visit one day! I can’t get over how little their roads look!

The roads were very small compared to what we are used to in the USA! 🙂 It was a wonderful trip!

This is so gorgeous – Bath is one of my favourite places (and where my grandmother lives) so I already know it pretty well, but I’m now absolutely pining for a quick hop over the Irish sea to check out some of this gorgeous scenery!

What a lovely place to live!

Ireland looks amazing – I really need to return and see more of the country!

It is certainly beautiful! I feel the same way- I would love to see more!

Looks beautiful! Your Airbnb was charming!

So beautiful and so charming! 🙂

Lucy Tomczynski

Loved seeing these ideas! Planning for this June with our kids (18 and 15) this I a great itinerary and pace. What time of year did you go?

This particular itinerary is based on a trip we took in June. I think it is the perfect month, because it isn’t too cold or hot! Have a WONDERFUL time, and please feel free to reach out if you have any questions. 🙂

Ankita Sharma

What an incredibly well-detailed and captivating trip itinerary! Your “2 Weeks in England and Ireland” post is a treasure trove of valuable information for anyone planning a similar journey. Thank you for sharing this post with us.

Thank you so much, and I’m so glad you found this helpful! Enjoy your adventure!

Shikha Sharma

This article about these places is well written and the photos in your post are amazing. I’ve never been to London but I’m planning to go there hopefully. Your step-by-step guide is amazing, and I will try to follow this guide.

I hope you make it to London soon! It is truly an amazing city!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Winter is here! Check out the winter wonderlands at these 5 amazing winter destinations in Montana

  • Travel Destinations

How To Plan A Trip To England, Ireland, And Scotland

Published: December 2, 2023

Modified: December 28, 2023

by Eryn Dozier

  • Plan Your Trip
  • Travel Guide
  • Travel Tips

how-to-plan-a-trip-to-england-ireland-and-scotland

Introduction

Planning a trip to England, Ireland, and Scotland is an exciting endeavor that promises breathtaking landscapes, rich history, and vibrant cultures. These three countries, each with its own unique charm and attractions, offer a multitude of experiences for both first-time visitors and seasoned travelers.

From the iconic landmarks of London to the rugged beauty of the Scottish Highlands and the enchanting landscapes of Ireland, this journey will immerse you in a world of ancient castles, bustling cities, picturesque villages, and awe-inspiring natural wonders.

Before embarking on your adventure, it’s important to conduct thorough research and make necessary preparations to ensure a smooth and enjoyable trip. From choosing the right time to visit to organizing transportation and selecting accommodations, proper planning will help you make the most of your time in these captivating destinations.

During your trip, you’ll have the opportunity to explore historic sites, indulge in local cuisine, participate in cultural events, and engage in a variety of outdoor activities. Whether you’re a history enthusiast, a nature lover, or a food connoisseur, there’s something for everyone in England, Ireland, and Scotland.

As you immerse yourself in the local culture, you’ll discover that each country has its own distinct character and traditions. From the friendly people of Ireland to the proud Scots and the cosmopolitan vibe of England, you’ll experience the warmth and hospitality that these nations are known for.

In this comprehensive guide, we will delve into vital aspects of planning a trip to England, Ireland, and Scotland. We will cover everything from choosing the right time to visit and getting around to must-visit destinations, outdoor activities, local cuisine, cultural events, and essential travel tips and etiquette.

So, pack your bags, set your itinerary, and get ready for a once-in-a-lifetime journey through the breathtaking landscapes and captivating history of England, Ireland, and Scotland.

Research and Preparations

Before embarking on your trip to England, Ireland, and Scotland, it’s essential to conduct thorough research and make appropriate preparations to ensure a smooth and enjoyable visit. Here are some key steps to help you get started:

1. Destination research: Begin by researching the main attractions, landmarks, and cities you wish to visit in each country. Consider the historical significance, natural beauty, and cultural experiences that interest you the most. This will help you create an itinerary that covers your preferred destinations.

2. Visa requirements: Check the visa requirements for your country of residence before traveling to England, Ireland, and Scotland. Ensure that your passport is valid for the duration of your trip and meets the entry requirements of all three countries.

3. Weather considerations: Take into account the weather patterns and seasons of the countries you plan to visit. Check the average temperatures, rainfall, and any extreme weather events that may affect your travel plans. Pack suitable clothing and accessories accordingly.

4. Budget planning: Determine your budget for the trip and research the costs of accommodation, transportation, meals, activities, and souvenirs in each country. This will help you plan your expenses and allocate funds accordingly.

5. Health and safety: Review the necessary vaccinations and health precautions for traveling to England, Ireland, and Scotland. Consult with your healthcare provider for any specific recommendations and ensure you have travel insurance that covers medical emergencies and trip cancellations.

6. Language and communication: While English is widely spoken in all three countries, it’s beneficial to familiarize yourself with basic greetings and phrases in the local languages. This will enhance your interactions with locals and contribute to a more immersive experience.

7. Currency exchange and banking: Research the local currencies and exchange rates for England, Ireland, and Scotland. Determine the most convenient and cost-effective methods for accessing money during your trip, such as using ATMs or acquiring a travel card.

8. Cultural etiquette: Familiarize yourself with the cultural etiquette and customs of each country. Learn about local norms, appropriate behavior, and dress codes to ensure you respect the local traditions and make a positive impression.

9. Travel documents: Ensure you have copies of your travel documents, including your passport, visa, and travel insurance. Keep both physical and digital copies in separate locations for extra security.

By conducting thorough research and making suitable preparations, you’ll be well-equipped to embark on your journey to England, Ireland, and Scotland. This will allow you to make the most of your trip and create unforgettable memories in these fascinating destinations.

Choosing the Right Time to Visit

When planning a trip to England, Ireland, and Scotland, choosing the right time to visit is crucial. Each country has its own unique climate, seasonal events, and tourist crowds that can greatly impact your experience. Here are some factors to consider when determining the best time to explore these captivating destinations:

1. Weather: The weather in England, Ireland, and Scotland can vary greatly throughout the year. If you prefer mild temperatures and longer days, consider visiting during the summer months of June, July, and August. However, keep in mind that these months are also the peak tourist season, so popular attractions may be crowded. Spring (March to May) and autumn (September to November) offer pleasant temperatures and beautiful scenery without the summer crowds.

2. Seasonal Events: Each country hosts a range of seasonal events and festivals that showcase their unique traditions and cultures. In England, you can experience the pomp and pageantry of the Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace or attend the renowned Wimbledon tennis tournament. In Ireland, you can immerse yourself in the lively atmosphere of St. Patrick’s Day celebrations or enjoy traditional music festivals like the Fleadh Cheoil. Scotland boasts the world-famous Edinburgh Festival and the Highland Games, where you can witness thrilling sports and traditional Scottish competitions. Research these events and factor them into your travel plans to make the most of your visit.

3. Outdoor Activities: If you’re interested in exploring the stunning landscapes and engaging in outdoor activities, consider the specific activities you wish to pursue. For hiking and exploring the countryside, the months of May to September offer longer daylight hours and milder temperatures. However, for winter sports enthusiasts, visiting during the winter months allows you to enjoy activities such as skiing in the Scottish Highlands or snowboarding in the Cairngorms National Park.

4. Budget: The time of year you visit can also impact your budget. Peak tourist seasons, especially during the summer months, often result in higher prices for accommodations, flights, and attractions. If you have a more flexible budget, visiting during the shoulder seasons or off-peak periods can provide potential cost savings.

5. Personal Preferences: Consider your personal preferences and interests when selecting the best time to visit. Are you drawn to festive holiday celebrations or do you prefer quieter periods with fewer crowds? Are you willing to brave unpredictable weather for unique experiences? Reflect on what matters most to you and plan accordingly.

Ultimately, the best time to visit England, Ireland, and Scotland depends on your individual preferences and priorities. Whether you’re seeking vibrant cultural events, mild weather for outdoor activities, or a quieter and more affordable travel experience, careful consideration of these factors will help you choose the ideal time to embark on your journey.

Getting Around

When traveling to England, Ireland, and Scotland, getting around efficiently and comfortably is essential for a successful trip. Here are some transportation options to consider:

1. Flights: If you’re coming from international destinations or prefer to cover long distances quickly, flying is a convenient option. Major cities like London, Dublin, and Edinburgh have well-connected international airports, making it easy to access different regions of each country. Domestic flights are also available to reach smaller cities or islands.

2. Trains: The train network in England, Ireland, and Scotland is extensive and efficient, providing a comfortable and scenic way to travel between cities. In England, the National Rail network offers high-speed trains connecting major cities like London, Manchester, and Birmingham. In Ireland, Irish Rail provides service across the country, while in Scotland, ScotRail offers connections from Glasgow and Edinburgh to other destinations.

3. Buses and Coaches: Buses and coaches are an affordable option for traveling within and between cities. In England, National Express offers coach services that cover a wide range of destinations, while Megabus provides budget-friendly options. In Ireland, Bus Éireann and Citylink operate bus services connecting major cities and towns. In Scotland, you can rely on the extensive bus network provided by companies like Stagecoach and Citylink.

4. Car Rental: Renting a car can give you the freedom to explore at your own pace and reach more remote areas. All three countries have well-maintained road networks, but it’s important to familiarize yourself with local driving regulations and remember that in the UK and Ireland, you’ll be driving on the left side of the road.

5. Ferries: If you plan to visit islands such as the Isle of Skye or the Aran Islands, ferries are a popular mode of transportation. Ferries operate between various locations, including mainland ports and island destinations. Consider booking in advance, especially during peak seasons, to secure a spot.

6. Public Transportation: Public transportation, including buses and trains, is readily available within cities and urban areas. In London, the extensive Underground (Tube) and bus network make it easy to navigate the city. Dublin and Edinburgh also have reliable bus and rail services, allowing you to explore these vibrant capitals efficiently.

It’s important to check transportation schedules, plan your routes in advance, and consider purchasing travel passes or cards that offer discounted fares for multiple journeys. Each country may have different options, such as the Oyster card in London or the Leap card in Dublin.

Remember to factor in travel time, especially when covering long distances. Consider spending a few days in each location to fully immerse yourself in the local culture and attractions.

By utilizing the various transportation options available, you’ll have the flexibility to explore the diverse landscapes and vibrant cities of England, Ireland, and Scotland, ensuring a memorable and hassle-free journey.

Accommodation Options

When planning your trip to England, Ireland, and Scotland, choosing the right accommodation is essential for a comfortable and enjoyable stay. From luxurious hotels to cozy bed and breakfasts, there are various options to suit different budgets and preferences. Here are some popular accommodation options to consider:

1. Hotels: All three countries offer a wide range of hotels, from budget-friendly options to luxury establishments. Major cities like London, Dublin, and Edinburgh have a plethora of internationally renowned hotels that provide top-notch amenities and services. Look for hotels located centrally or near public transportation for convenient access to attractions and dining options.

2. Bed and Breakfasts: Bed and Breakfasts (B&Bs) provide a more intimate and cozy accommodation experience. They are typically family-run establishments that offer comfortable rooms and a home-like atmosphere. B&Bs are particularly popular in rural areas, allowing visitors to experience the charm of the countryside.

3. Guesthouses: Similar to B&Bs, guesthouses offer a comfortable and personalized stay. They often have a limited number of rooms and are typically run by the owners, ensuring a warm and hospitable environment. Guesthouses can be found in both urban and rural areas, offering a quaint and local experience.

4. Self-Catering Accommodations: If you prefer a more independent and flexible stay, self-catering accommodations such as apartments, cottages, and holiday homes are a great option. These fully furnished accommodations come with kitchen facilities, allowing you to cook your meals and have a more immersive experience in the local community.

5. Hostels: For budget-conscious travelers or those looking to meet fellow adventurers, hostels are a popular choice. Hostels offer dormitory-style rooms with shared facilities, making them an affordable option for solo travelers or groups. Many hostels also provide private rooms for those seeking more privacy.

6. Unique Stays: If you’re seeking a more memorable and unique experience, consider staying in boutique hotels, historic castles, or quirky accommodations like glamping sites or lighthouses. These options provide a one-of-a-kind experience and are perfect for special occasions or those wanting to add a touch of adventure to their trip.

When choosing accommodation, consider factors such as location, amenities, and reviews from previous guests. Research popular booking platforms, local tourism websites, and review sites to find the best deals and compare options.

It’s advisable to book well in advance, especially during peak tourist seasons and for popular destinations. This ensures you secure your preferred accommodation and potentially benefit from early bird discounts.

With the diverse range of accommodation options available in England, Ireland, and Scotland, you can find the perfect place to relax and recharge after a day of exploring the stunning landscapes and vibrant cities.

Must-Visit Destinations in England

England is a country rich in history, culture, and stunning landscapes. From iconic landmarks to picturesque countryside, here are some must-visit destinations to include in your itinerary:

1. London: Start your journey in the vibrant capital city of London, home to world-famous attractions such as the Tower of London, Buckingham Palace, and the British Museum. Explore the bustling streets of Covent Garden, take a stroll along the River Thames, and immerse yourself in the diverse culinary scene.

2. Stonehenge: Journey to the mystical prehistoric monument of Stonehenge, located in Wiltshire. Marvel at the ancient stone circle and ponder its mysterious origins and significance. Visit the visitor center to learn more about its history and explore the surrounding landscape.

3. Bath: Explore the historic city of Bath, known for its Roman-built baths and stunning Georgian architecture. Take a dip in the thermal waters of the Roman Baths, stroll along the grand Royal Crescent, and visit the impressive Bath Abbey.

4. Oxford: Discover the world-renowned university city of Oxford, famous for its prestigious colleges and captivating history. Take a guided tour of the historic colleges, visit the Bodleian Library, and explore the charming streets lined with bookstores and cafes.

5. Cambridge: Visit the picturesque city of Cambridge, home to one of the world’s top universities. Explore the stunning college buildings, take a punting tour along the River Cam, and visit the remarkable King’s College Chapel.

6. The Lake District: Head to the Lake District National Park, a breathtaking region of mountains, lakes, and charming villages. Take a boat ride on Lake Windermere, hike through the stunning landscapes, and visit the homes of famous poets like William Wordsworth and Beatrix Potter.

7. Stratford-upon-Avon: Pay a visit to the birthplace of William Shakespeare in the picturesque town of Stratford-upon-Avon. Explore Shakespeare’s childhood home, watch a play at the Royal Shakespeare Theatre, and stroll along the idyllic River Avon.

8. York: Step back in time in the historic city of York, known for its well-preserved medieval walls and narrow cobbled streets. wander through the winding alleyways of the Shambles, visit the magnificent York Minster, and learn about the city’s Viking past at the Jorvik Viking Centre.

9. Liverpool: Immerse yourself in the vibrant music and cultural scene of Liverpool, the birthplace of The Beatles. Visit The Beatles Story museum, explore the historic Albert Dock area, and soak in the lively atmosphere of Mathew Street.

10. The Cotswolds: Experience quintessential English charm in the picturesque region of the Cotswolds. Visit honey-colored stone villages like Bourton-on-the-Water, stroll through the Cotswold Way, and enjoy traditional afternoon tea in a charming tea room.

These are just a few of the countless enchanting destinations in England. Whether you’re drawn to bustling cities, historic landmarks, or idyllic countryside, England offers a wealth of experiences that will leave you captivated and inspired.

Exploring Ireland’s Highlights

Ireland is a country of breathtaking landscapes, rich history, and lively culture. From ancient castles to stunning coastlines, here are some of the highlights to explore during your visit to the Emerald Isle:

1. Dublin: Start your Irish adventure in the vibrant capital city of Dublin. Explore the historic Trinity College, home to the Book of Kells, stroll along the lively Temple Bar area, and visit the Guinness Storehouse to learn about Ireland’s famous stout.

2. Ring of Kerry: Journey along the scenic Ring of Kerry, a 179-kilometer route showcasing some of Ireland’s most awe-inspiring landscapes. Marvel at the rugged mountains, pristine lakes, and picturesque coastal villages that dot the route.

3. Cliffs of Moher: Witness the dramatic beauty of the Cliffs of Moher, one of Ireland’s most iconic natural landmarks. Standing 214 meters above the Atlantic Ocean, the cliffs offer breathtaking views of the Atlantic coastline and distant Aran Islands.

4. Galway: Immerse yourself in the bohemian atmosphere of Galway, a lively city known for its vibrant music scene and charming streets. Explore the colorful Latin Quarter, visit Galway Cathedral, and stroll along the picturesque Salthill Promenade.

5. Giant’s Causeway: Head north to County Antrim and marvel at the geological wonder of the Giant’s Causeway. This UNESCO World Heritage Site features approximately 40,000 interlocking basalt columns, creating a surreal and awe-inspiring sight.

6. Killarney National Park: Venture into the stunning Killarney National Park, famous for its pristine lakes, majestic mountains, and ancient woodlands. Take a boat ride on the tranquil lakes of Killarney and explore the park’s diverse flora and fauna.

7. Dingle Peninsula: Take a scenic drive along the beautiful Dingle Peninsula, known for its rugged coastline and picturesque villages. Visit the charming town of Dingle, encounter ancient archaeological sites, and enjoy panoramic views of the Atlantic Ocean.

8. Belfast: Cross over to Northern Ireland and visit the vibrant city of Belfast. Explore the historic Titanic Quarter, learn about the city’s troubled past at the Titanic Belfast museum, and admire the stunning architecture of Belfast City Hall.

9. Connemara National Park: Discover the rugged beauty of Connemara National Park, located in County Galway. Hike through the scenic landscapes, visit the Kylemore Abbey, and take in the awe-inspiring views of mountains, lakes, and bogs.

10. Rock of Cashel: Visit the Rock of Cashel, a medieval fortress perched on a limestone outcrop in County Tipperary. Explore the ancient ruins, including the impressive Cormac’s Chapel and the round tower, and learn about its historical and cultural significance.

These are just a few of the countless highlights that Ireland has to offer. From its bustling cities to its scenic countryside, Ireland’s charm and beauty will leave you mesmerized and eager to explore more of this captivating country.

Discovering Scotland’s Charm

Scotland is a land of rugged landscapes, ancient castles, and rich traditions. From historic cities to breathtaking Highlands, here are some of the highlights that showcase the charm of Scotland:

1. Edinburgh: Start your exploration in the capital city of Edinburgh. Discover the imposing Edinburgh Castle perched on Castle Rock, stroll along the historic Royal Mile, and enjoy panoramic views of the city from Arthur’s Seat. Don’t miss the famous Edinburgh Festival, which takes place in August and celebrates art, music, and culture.

2. Isle of Skye: Venture to the Isle of Skye, known for its dramatic landscapes of rugged mountains, sparkling lochs, and fairy-tale castles. Explore the mysterious Fairy Pools, marvel at the iconic Old Man of Storr rock formation, and visit the enchanting Dunvegan Castle.

3. Loch Ness: Embark on a journey to Loch Ness, famous for its mythical monster, Nessie. Take a boat tour across the dark and mysterious waters, visit the historic Urquhart Castle, and soak in the scenic beauty of the surrounding Highlands.

4. Glasgow: Visit the vibrant city of Glasgow, known for its thriving art and music scene. Explore the Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum, stroll along the vibrant Buchanan Street, and enjoy the eclectic mix of architectural styles found throughout the city.

5. Stirling: Discover the historic city of Stirling and its impressive Stirling Castle, once home to Scottish royalty. Visit the National Wallace Monument, dedicated to the national hero William Wallace, and learn about Scotland’s pivotal role in its fight for independence.

6. The Highlands: Explore the majestic Scottish Highlands, where you’ll find breathtaking landscapes of mountains, lochs, and glens. Take a scenic drive along the North Coast 500, hike through the stunning Glen Coe, and enjoy the tranquility of the Cairngorms National Park.

7. Isle of Arran: Journey to the charming Isle of Arran, often referred to as “Scotland in Miniature” due to its diverse range of landscapes. Discover ancient castles, picturesque villages, and enjoy outdoor activities like hiking, cycling, and golfing.

8. Isle of Mull: Visit the beautiful Isle of Mull, where you can explore picturesque coastal villages, pristine beaches, and diverse wildlife. Take a ferry to the colorful town of Tobermory, visit the historic Duart Castle, and embark on a wildlife-spotting adventure to see eagles, seals, and whales.

9. The Cairns of Brodgar: Journey to Orkney and marvel at the prehistoric complex of the Cairns of Brodgar. Discover the stone circle and ancient burial mounds, and explore the fascinating archaeological sites that provide insights into Scotland’s ancient past.

10. Scottish Whisky Distilleries: Indulge in Scotland’s renowned whisky culture by visiting one of the many distilleries scattered throughout the country. Take a tour to learn about the whisky-making process, sample different varieties, and appreciate the craftsmanship behind this national drink.

With its captivating landscapes and rich history, Scotland offers a majestic adventure that will leave you enchanted by its charm and eager to discover more of its hidden gems.

Outdoor Activities and Sightseeing Opportunities

England, Ireland, and Scotland offer a plethora of outdoor activities and sightseeing opportunities for nature lovers and adventure seekers. From hiking through majestic landscapes to exploring ancient ruins, here are some of the top outdoor activities and sightseeing opportunities to consider during your trip:

1. Hiking: Lace up your boots and explore the numerous hiking trails that wind through the stunning scenery of these countries. In England, the Lake District and the Peak District offer breathtaking hikes, while Ireland’s Wicklow Mountains and Scotland’s West Highland Way showcase majestic beauty.

2. Coastal Walks: Immerse yourself in the dramatic coastal landscapes by embarking on scenic walks. From Ireland’s rugged Cliffs of Moher to Scotland’s picturesque North Coast 500 route and England’s stunning South West Coast Path, there are endless coastal vistas to discover.

3. Cycling: Rent a bicycle and pedal your way through picturesque countryside and charming villages. Explore the rolling hills of the Cotswolds, traverse the scenic Ring of Kerry in Ireland, or cycle along Scotland’s scenic lochs and glens, such as Loch Lomond and the Trossachs National Park.

4. Water Sports: Embrace the coastal locations by engaging in various water sports activities. Try your hand at surfing along Ireland’s Wild Atlantic Way, go sea kayaking in Scotland’s Loch Ness, or enjoy paddleboarding in the serene waters of England’s Cornwall.

5. Wildlife Watching: England, Ireland, and Scotland boast diverse ecosystems and abundant wildlife. Look out for opportunities to spot puffins on the Skellig Islands, dolphins in the Moray Firth, and red deer in the Scottish Highlands.

6. Archaeological Sites: Delve into the rich history of these countries by exploring archaeological sites. Visit ancient Stonehenge in England, the ancient city of Newgrange in Ireland, and the standing stones of Calanais in Scotland.

7. Castle Exploration: Journey back in time by visiting majestic castles. Explore the grandiose Windsor Castle in England, the historic Blarney Castle in Ireland, and the awe-inspiring Edinburgh Castle in Scotland.

8. National Parks: England, Ireland, and Scotland are home to stunning national parks that showcase the natural beauty of each country. Explore the enchanting forests of the New Forest in England, the serene landscapes of Killarney National Park in Ireland, and the wild and rugged Cairngorms National Park in Scotland.

9. Garden Tours: These countries boast beautiful gardens that are a delight for plant enthusiasts and nature lovers. Explore the world-renowned Kew Gardens in London, stroll through the stunning Powerscourt Gardens in Ireland, or wander the vibrant Royal Botanic Garden in Edinburgh.

10. Heritage Sites: Expand your cultural horizons by visiting UNESCO World Heritage Sites. Explore the historic City of Bath in England, the prehistoric sites of Brú na Bóinne in Ireland, and the Old and New Towns of Edinburgh in Scotland.

With a wide range of outdoor activities and sightseeing opportunities, these countries offer endless possibilities to immerse yourself in the beauty of nature, uncover fascinating history, and create unforgettable memories during your trip.

Local Cuisine and Dining Experiences

Exploring the local cuisine is an essential part of any trip to England, Ireland, and Scotland. From traditional dishes to contemporary fusion, these countries offer a wide array of culinary delights that will tantalize your taste buds. Here are some highlights of the local cuisine and dining experiences to savor during your journey:

1. Full English Breakfast: Start your day with a hearty Full English Breakfast. This classic dish typically includes eggs, bacon, sausages, baked beans, grilled tomatoes, black pudding, and toast. Vegetarian and vegan options are also widely available.

2. Irish Stew: In Ireland, savor a comforting bowl of Irish Stew. Made with slow-cooked lamb or beef, potatoes, onions, carrots, and herbs, this traditional dish is known for its rich flavors and wholesome ingredients.

3. Fish and Chips: Indulge in the quintessential British treat of Fish and Chips. Enjoy crispy battered fish, usually cod or haddock, served with golden fries. Don’t forget to add a sprinkle of salt and vinegar for an authentic experience.

4. Haggis: In Scotland, be sure to try haggis, a traditional dish made from minced sheep’s offal, oatmeal, onions, and spices. Enjoy it with neeps (turnips) and tatties (mashed potatoes) for a truly Scottish dining experience.

5. Roast Dinner: Sundays are synonymous with a traditional Roast Dinner in England. This beloved meal consists of roasted meat (often beef, lamb, or chicken), accompanied by Yorkshire puddings, seasonal vegetables, roasted potatoes, and rich gravy.

6. Irish Soda Bread: Sample the delightful Irish Soda Bread, a traditional quick bread made with simple ingredients like flour, buttermilk, baking soda, and salt. Enjoy it with butter or served alongside hearty stews.

7. Scottish Shortbread: Treat yourself to a taste of Scotland with buttery Scottish Shortbread. This crumbly and rich biscuit, made with butter, sugar, and flour, is perfect with a cup of tea or as a sweet snack throughout the day.

8. Pub Culture: Immerse yourself in the vibrant pub culture of these countries. Visit traditional pubs to enjoy a pint of locally brewed beer or cider, along with classic pub fare like Scotch eggs, ploughman’s lunch, or bangers and mash.

9. Whisky Tasting: Scotland is renowned for its whisky, so take the opportunity to visit distilleries and partake in whisky tastings. Learn about the different regions and distillation processes while sampling a variety of single malts and blended whiskies.

10. Farm-to-Table Experiences: Embrace the farm-to-table movement by visiting local farmers’ markets and farm shops. Sample fresh produce, artisanal cheeses, homemade jams, and baked goods, supporting local producers while enjoying the flavors of the region.

Throughout your trip, also keep an eye out for regional specialties and delicacies. From Cornish pasties and sticky toffee pudding in England to Irish Guinness stew and Scottish cranachan, each country has its own unique dishes and treats to explore.

Remember to make reservations in advance for popular dining establishments, especially in larger cities, to secure a table and avoid disappointment. Indulging in the local cuisine and dining experiences is not only a gastronomic delight but also a way to immerse yourself in the culture and traditions of these fascinating countries. Enjoy the flavors and savor every bite!

Cultural Events and Festivals

England, Ireland, and Scotland are renowned for their vibrant cultural events and festivals, offering a delightful mix of traditions, music, dance, and celebrations. Immerse yourself in the local culture by experiencing some of these exciting events during your visit:

1. St. Patrick’s Day (Ireland): Celebrated on March 17th, St. Patrick’s Day is a lively and colorful festival that honors Ireland’s patron saint. Experience parades, traditional music, dance performances, and vibrant street festivities in cities like Dublin, Cork, and Galway.

2. Edinburgh Festival (Scotland): Held during the month of August, the Edinburgh Festival is a world-renowned celebration of the arts. Enjoy a diverse range of performances, including theater, music, dance, comedy, and visual arts, filling the streets, theaters, and venues across the city.

3. Glastonbury Festival (England): Known as one of the world’s largest and most iconic music festivals, Glastonbury takes place in Somerset annually. Enjoy a lineup of renowned artists, immerse yourself in the vibrant atmosphere, and camp out for a few days of non-stop live music and entertainment.

4. Galway International Arts Festival (Ireland): Celebrating music, theater, visual arts, and street performances, the Galway International Arts Festival is a two-week extravaganza held in July. Experience a vibrant blend of local and international talent in one of Ireland’s most cultural cities.

5. Royal Ascot (England): Experience the excitement and elegance of Royal Ascot, one of the most prestigious horse racing events in the world. Dress in your finest attire, enjoy the races, and take part in the high-spirited atmosphere that permeates this iconic event.

6. Highland Games (Scotland): Witness the pageantry and tradition of the Highland Games, a series of events held throughout Scotland from May to September. Enjoy feats of strength, bagpipe music, traditional dance competitions, and spectacular displays of Scottish culture in locations such as Braemar, Crieff, and Inverness.

7. Notting Hill Carnival (England): Join one of the largest street festivals in Europe at the Notting Hill Carnival, held annually in London during the August Bank Holiday. Immerse yourself in the vibrant Caribbean culture with colorful parades, live music, dancing, and mouthwatering Caribbean cuisine.

8. Galway Oyster Festival (Ireland): Indulge in a celebration of seafood at the Galway Oyster Festival, held in late September. Enjoy oyster shucking competitions, culinary demonstrations, live music, and a lively atmosphere, all while savoring the finest oysters from Galway Bay.

9. Shakespeare’s Globe Theater (England): Experience the immortal words of William Shakespeare at the reconstructed Globe Theater in London. Enjoy a performance of one of the Bard’s plays in this iconic open-air amphitheater, where you can witness the plays as they were originally intended.

10. Burns Night (Scotland): Celebrate the life and poetry of Scotland’s national bard, Robert Burns, on January 25th at Burns Night. Enjoy a traditional Burns Supper, complete with haggis, poetry readings, live music, and Scottish dancing.

These are just some of the many cultural events and festivals that bring these countries to life throughout the year. Check local calendars, tourism websites, and event listings to plan your visit accordingly and immerse yourself in the rich cultural experiences that await you.

Essential Travel Tips and Etiquette

Traveling to England, Ireland, and Scotland offers a chance to immerse yourself in the vibrant cultures and stunning landscapes of these countries. To make the most of your trip, here are some essential travel tips and etiquette guidelines to keep in mind:

1. Respect Local Customs: Familiarize yourself with local customs, traditions, and etiquette. Respect sacred sites, follow dress codes when visiting religious or cultural sites, and always ask for permission before taking photos of people or private property.

2. Greetings and Politeness: When meeting locals, a polite greeting and a friendly demeanor are appreciated. In England and Scotland, a handshake is common, while in Ireland, a warm smile and a friendly “hello” are commonly exchanged. It’s always polite to use “please” and “thank you” in interactions.

3. Tipping: Tipping is customary in restaurants, bars, and for services like taxis or tour guides. In general, a tip of around 10-15% of the bill is appropriate. However, check if a service charge has already been included before tipping.

4. Public Transportation: When using public transportation, have the exact fare or use contactless payment methods whenever possible. Be mindful of priority seating for elderly or disabled individuals, and remember to queue politely while boarding buses or trains.

5. Driving: If renting a car, familiarize yourself with local traffic laws and signage. In the UK and Ireland, remember to drive on the left side of the road. Be courteous to other drivers and follow speed limits, especially in rural areas where narrow roads can be challenging.

6. Weather Preparedness: The weather in these countries can be unpredictable, so be prepared for all conditions. Dress in layers, carry an umbrella, and have a waterproof jacket handy. Check weather forecasts before heading out for the day to plan accordingly.

7. Currency: In England, the currency is the British Pound (£), while in Ireland, it is the Euro (€), and in Scotland, both Pounds (£) and Scottish Pounds (£) are accepted. Carry some cash as not all places may accept cards, especially in remote areas.

8. Health and Safety: Prioritize your health and safety by taking out travel insurance that covers medical emergencies. Carry necessary medications and have a copy of your prescriptions. Be mindful of your surroundings, especially in crowded areas, and take precautions to guard against theft or pickpocketing.

9. Wi-Fi and Connectivity: Many hotels, restaurants, and cafes offer free Wi-Fi, but be cautious when using public networks. Consider using a Virtual Private Network (VPN) for added security when accessing the internet through public Wi-Fi.

10. Conservation and Environment: Respect the environment by practicing responsible tourism. Leave no trace, dispose of waste properly, and follow designated hiking trails. Support sustainable tourism initiatives and opt for eco-friendly activities whenever possible.

Remember, travel is an opportunity to learn, appreciate, and connect with different cultures. By respecting local customs, practicing good manners, and embracing the unique experiences these countries offer, you’ll create lasting memories and positive interactions with locals along the way.

A trip to England, Ireland, and Scotland promises an unforgettable journey through captivating landscapes, rich history, and vibrant cultures. From the bustling streets of London to the ancient ruins of Scotland and the picturesque villages of Ireland, these countries offer a diverse range of experiences for every traveler.

By conducting thorough research and making necessary preparations, you can ensure a smooth and enjoyable trip. Consider the best time to visit, plan your transportation, choose suitable accommodations, and familiarize yourself with local customs and etiquette.

Throughout your journey, indulge in the local cuisine, from traditional dishes to modern fusion creations. Explore the cultural events and festivals that showcase the vibrant traditions and artistic talents of these countries.

Engage in outdoor activities and sightseeing opportunities to immerse yourself in the stunning landscapes, ancient ruins, and natural wonders. Whether you’re hiking in the rugged Highlands, exploring historic castles, or meandering through charming villages, there is something for every interest and adventure-seeker.

As you navigate through England, Ireland, and Scotland, remember to respect local customs, be mindful of your surroundings, and practice responsible tourism. By doing so, you’ll not only have a positive impact on the destinations you visit but also create meaningful connections with the locals.

With careful planning, an open mind, and a spirit of adventure, your journey through these captivating countries will be filled with unforgettable experiences, breathtaking beauty, and a deeper understanding of their rich history and culture.

So pack your bags, embrace the beauty of these countries, and get ready for an extraordinary trip through the enchanting landscapes of England, Ireland, and Scotland.

TouristSecrets

  • Privacy Overview
  • Strictly Necessary Cookies

This website uses cookies so that we can provide you with the best user experience possible. Cookie information is stored in your browser and performs functions such as recognising you when you return to our website and helping our team to understand which sections of the website you find most interesting and useful.

Strictly Necessary Cookie should be enabled at all times so that we can save your preferences for cookie settings.

If you disable this cookie, we will not be able to save your preferences. This means that every time you visit this website you will need to enable or disable cookies again.

Two Week Traveller

2 Weeks in the UK: 6 Itineraries

DISCLAIMER: This post might have links to travel services and products that we enjoy. We might make a commission from it at no extra cost to you.

The UK is my first dream destination. In College, I got quite obsessed with British books covering stories of the Medieval UK. Since then, I wanted to see castles, churches, and historical sites.

I finally had the chance to go. Even though with a limited time of 14 days, I planned to make every moment count. I’m hoping that his itinerary can assist you in creating your UK travel plan as well.

One thing that many people get confused about is the meaning of the UK and how each members of it are considered a country.

The United Kingdom (UK), comprised of England, Wales, Scotland, and Northern Ireland , has long been one of Europe’s most well-liked travel destinations. The country’s diversified landscape and interesting cultural heritage play a significant role in its charm.

The best places to visit in the UK range from its many top-notch art galleries and museums to its exquisitely preserved castles. Spending 2 weeks in the UK means seeing historical sites, war-related museums, bustling cities, film locations, and of course, scenic nature.

The UK is in western Europe and bordered by the Irish Sea, the North Sea, and the Atlantic Ocean. Quite often, the entire United Kingdom is referred to as Britain.

>> EXTRA READ: 2 weeks in Europe – 6 itineraries

THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE VISITING THE UK

4 images - Stonehenge, Edinburgh Castle, Snowdonia, Giant Causeway - 2 Weeks in the UK Itinerary

One important thing you should know about the UK that many people actually get wrong is that the UK is composed of four countries; England, Northern Ireland, Scotland, and Wales. This means that visiting the UK for two weeks, there’s so much to experience.

To not overwhelm you, below are some things you should know when planning your trip to the UK and how to make this vacation perfect.

When is the best time to go to the UK

The best time to travel to the United Kingdom (UK) depends on several factors, including the type of activities you’re interested in and the weather. Overall, UK receives a lot of rain throughout the year.

Spring (March to May) is generally considered an excellent time to visit the UK , as the weather starts to warm up, and it’s a great time to explore historical attractions as the flowers bloom. April is the least rainy month, so take advantage of that.

Summer (June to August) is the peak tourist season , and it’s also the warmest time of year in the UK which is best for water sports and beach vacations. However, there might be some unexpected rain showers.

Autumn (September to November) is another excellent time to visit the UK. The crowds thin out, and the weather is generally mild and pleasant, making it an ideal time for hiking, camping, and other outdoor activities. But remember that the right season is coming up, so expect more rain during these months.

Winter (December to February) can be a less popular time to travel to the UK, as it’s cold and some places shut down. Still, it can also be a magical time to visit, especially if you’re interested in winter sports and cosy pubs.

The UK doesn’t really get much snow, and during winter, it rains a lot, especially in January.

Are 2 weeks enough for the UK

14 days in the UK is doable. Enough planning allows you to maximise this timeframe and see 3-4 cities. This also goes down to your choice of transportation to ensure that you don’t waste time and do not feel like your travel itinerary is cramped and too busy.

Luckily, the UK has some decent public transportation, making travelling from one city to another convenient. I will discuss this more in the next section below.

Getting around

There are lots of ways to get around the UK. The most convenient would be to use the train system . The good thing about the trains in the UK is that it connects big cities to rural areas. It’s also a scenic way to travel and comfortable since you can walk around to stretch your legs.

Another option is by bus, which is the cheapest . But it can also be the slowest due to the number of stops along the way. Some bus companies offer hop-on and hop-off services, but most are only available in big cities when visiting multiple attractions.

Car rental is another popular choice . Although I only recommend this when you’re venturing out of the big city. What I mean is that renting a car to travel around the London area is not a good idea. The traffic will just waste your time, and the cost is much higher.

On the other hand, renting a vehicle to discover national parks such as the Peak District or hiking in Scotland and Wales is a fantastic way to travel. Having a car lets, you travel from point A to B to C in your own time at your own pace.

Language and currency

English is the primary language in the UK . But you also have the regional languages, such as Welsh, which is spoken by 20% of the population in Wales. There’s also Scottish Gaelic is spoken by 1% of Scotts. Irish is spoken by a small minority in Northern Ireland.

BSL, or British Sign Language, is also a recognised official language . If you know ASL, you might be able to use it to communicate. It won’t be as accurate, but it could get you by.

When you’re in London, you’ll hear so many languages too. From Spanish, German, Chinese, Polish, French, Urdu, and Bengali, just to name a few. Remember that as you move between regions, the accent of the English language changes and can be hard to understand at times.

The pound or GBP, is the main currency in the UK . You’ll also hear it being referred to as Sterling Pounds, and the sign is £. Payment by card is the most preferred option around the UK, although cash is still common.

It’s best to carry some cash with you at all times, especially if you plan to go to rural areas. There should be ATMs almost anywhere. However, most of the machine’s withdrawal limit is around £200 ($275)-£500 ($680) depending on the ATM bank and your bank.

Visitors who wish to travel to the UK must hold a passport from the US, Canada, many parts of Latin America, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, South Korea, Malaysia, Singapore, and the EU. You can stay for up to 6 months.

If your country is not mentioned, you must apply for a UK visitor visa in advance.

What is the average cost for 2 weeks in the UK

It can be hard to give an exact cost of a 14-day trip in the UK. This is because the costs in different cities are very different. Accommodation in London is one of the most expensive in the world, but it’s not the same cost in Cardiff or even Edinburgh.

But to give you an average range, an estimate of $2,500 is a decent budget for 2 weeks in the UK. Accommodation is the most expensive and transport cost and entry fees are the most affordable. With this budget, you can have a private room in a mid-range hotel.

If you’re on a tight budget though, you still have to plan the cost to be about $1,800 , and you’ll have to stay in dorm rooms most of the time.

Regarding a luxury trip, put the estimated cost down to $4,000 to enjoy some four to five-star hotels, private tours, and high-end restaurants.

These costs are for an individual person and don’t include your flight to the UK and back home, travel insurance, or other travel gear.

Other basic travel tips

If you’re unsure where to book flights and travel insurance, the list of travel services below is my personal collection.

From booking tours, flights, and hotels, to arranging an airport pick-up and car rental – these are my go-to travel sites. Some of these tools even allow me to cancel the booking at the last minute for low to zero fees.

PINNED MAP OF TOP THINGS TO SEE IN THE UK

Click the icon on the top right to enlarge the map. Credit: map data: Google

2 WEEKS IN THE UK ITINERARY

If you want to see as much of the country as you can while you’re there but aren’t sure where to begin, here are six of my best 2 weeks in the UK itineraries to give you some inspiration. Each of these well-known trips will provide you with a fresh perspective on this beautiful and lush country.

But one thing they all have in common is that you’ll definitely leave with a profound appreciation of all that makes the United Kingdom unique.

When planning an itinerary , keeping your desired type of travel in mind is crucial. Keep in mind that these are only general recommendations, and you don’t have to follow them strictly. Feel free to modify them in a way that will give you the most enjoyable trip possible.

It would be a good idea to plan your trip to start and end in London since many international flights go through there. But let’s say you finish in Edinburgh, that’s not a big problem either since most UK capital cities have a large international airports.

Itinerary #1: England only

First up is two weeks in the UK itinerary, specifically for England, which includes all of the finest attractions in the nation.

You can travel quickly and see a new location every day, but if you’d prefer a more leisurely tour, you should generally plan on spending a few days in some of them, especially considering travel time.

Since many locations are just as lovely, it was pretty challenging for me to decide which ones to include, but this route offers you a nice variety. You can follow this itinerary below or check out our 2 weeks in England itineraries .

London for 5 days

London is an extraordinary place to start your trip or even spend an entire 14 days. T here is so much to see, food to eat, things to do, and shows to watch . First, for history lovers, make sure you have the historical sites listed.

This includes everything related to the Monarchy. Whether you’re a fan of the Monarchy or not, it’s undeniable that a lot of the UK or England’s history revolves around the Monarchy, which is a big part of the British Empire.

Make sure to visit the Tower of London, Buckingham Palace, the London Eye, and Kensington Palace, just to name a few. You can book combo tours to make sure you see all these places in one day. This is an awesome way to make the most out of your time in England.

Big Ben and Trafalgar Square are among the most well-known sites in England. Aside from that, The Tower of London offers plenty to see and do, including the magnificent Crown Jewels exhibition, the Royal Mint, and exhibits on executions.

If you’re travelling with kids, look into kid-friendly events like “Knights School” and other engaging programs that give fascinating insights into the castle’s history.

Day trips from London

There are also many day trips from London , including Europe’s most famous prehistoric site – Stonehenge. I highly suggest purchasing a ticket in advance to ensure admission. You can also visit Bath/Costowld or Cambridge.

If you only have time for one royal attraction, Windsor Castle is the best choice which is one of the Royal Family’s residences that routinely welcomes guests when the head of the Monarchy is away.

2 images - London Bridge and Royal Pavilion

Northern England for 3 days

Northern England is located in the Midlands and consists of many cities and lots of remarkable towns, such as Manchester, Liverpool, York, Newcastle, Leeds, and Sheffield , to name a few.

The best way to explore this area is by choosing one city or town as your base and travelling from there.

This is also the region you want to be in if you like hiking and plan to visit the Peak and Leak District. If the season is correct, you can even go wild swimming, picnic, and camp inside the National Park.

For those who are fans of football and the Beatles, Northern England should be on your two weeks in the UK itinerary.

South of London for 3 days

South of London, you will find the remarkable Royal Pavilion and the charming city of Brighton. Apart from that top attraction, you must also add High Weald AONB to your list.

Remember the National Trusts list, including BAteman’s Scotney Castle, Smallhythe Place, and Nymans.

This region is best explored with a rented car, although public transit is also well-placed here. There are definitely guided tours you can join, which will take you to multiple locations in one day.

Choose between Brighton, Eastbourne, and Crawley as your base . Crawley is right next to Gatwick Airport, which is ideal if you prefer to stay near the airport for your next flight.

West England for 3 days

West England is the destination for surfing, seeing magnificent cliffs, and doing more outdoor activities. North Devon ( and Cornwall are the two top surfing spots in this part of the UK. You can base yourself in Plymouth or Exeter.

Exploring will be much easier if you rent a vehicle to drive yourself around than relying on public transit. If you don’t feel like doing that, you can do also sign up for guided tours where a tour guide and a transit are included.

Dartmoor Nation Park is one of the best spots in West England. But don’t forget to discover the National Trusts in this region. To name a few, you must check out Baggy Point, Heddon Valley, Woolacombe, Arlington Court, and Castle Drogo.

Itinerary #2: Wales and Northern Ireland

Wales and Northern Ireland are great destinations for travellers, offering a wide range of activities, historic sites, and natural beauty. They have also been featured as filming locations for popular TV shows and movies , making them an even more exciting destination for fans.

If you’re into photography, this list of beautiful places in North Wales will be a great spot. Many top sites, such as Snowdonia, Trefor Sea Stacks, and South Stack Lighthouse, are featured.

Wales for 7 days

Pembroke Castle, the birthplace of English King Henry VII in 1457 and featured in the romance film “Me Before You”, has breathtaking views over the coast and the old town.

Don’t forget to check out Carmarthenshire County Museum and St. Peter’s Church . Laugharne Castle, a historic fortress from medieval times that saw action during the Civil War, is another landmark in the vicinity.

2 images - Snowdonia and Giant Causeway

Northern Ireland for 7 days

The Giant’s Causeway, the only UNESCO World Heritage Site in Northern Irelan d, is mainly known throughout the world for its blocks of layered basalt. Many treats are along the Causeway Coast, including Portstewart and Portrush’s stunning dunes and beaches.

By taking a short 10-minute journey to the west and passing through the charming community of Bushmills, you can reach the Dunluce Castle, also featured in “Game of Thrones”. You can also plan a trip that covers only Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland for 2 weeks .

Getting from Wales to Northern Ireland

The most popular and quickest way to travel from Wales to Northern Ireland is by plane. The main airports for travel between the two countries are Cardiff Airport in Wales and Belfast International Airport in Northern Ireland.

There are several direct flights per day from these airports, and the flight time is usually around 1 hr 20 min.

Itinerary #3: England and Scotland

England and Scotland both provide an outstanding balance of urban and outdoor experiences , making them ideal destinations for those who want to explore busy cities and enjoy hiking, and outdoor activities.

If you have 2 weeks in the UK, you definitely have to visit at least 2-3 countries and try out two different things. What I mean by this is you can visit busy cities, but don’t miss out on exploring nature’s beauty and going for a hike or wild swimming.

England for 8 days

With 12 of the country’s major lakes and more than 2,000 miles of trails waiting to be explored, the Lake District National Park is a must-visit destination for travellers to England. Here, you can visit numerous falls in the park, including the highest mountain in England known as Scafell Pike.

On the other hand, among the best routes in The Cotswold is along the Cotswold Way , which offers stunning sights of the Vale of Evesham and the Severn Valley.

If you love history or are fascinated by the British Empire, there are many well-preserved historic locations around England.

The must-see ones are Stonehenge, Hadrian’s Wall, Wall Roman Site, Jirby Hall, Shakespeare’s Birthplace, Broadway Tower, Tower of London, and many castles.

2 images Loch Ness and Stonehenge

Scotland for 6 days

Loch Lomond is a favourite day trip in Scotland since it offers plenty of open space for hikers, water activities, and an abundance of salmon and whitefish as bait for fishing.

Located at the southern end of the loch , you can enjoy various outdoor activities, such as playing golf on the lakeside of Cameron House.

Take a tour down Loch Ness to see some of the most amazing highland scenery, including the majestic ruins of Urquhart Castle, where you can experience the romantic side of Scotland – not to mention the interesting story of the Loch Ness monster.

Getting from England to Scotland

Flying is the fastest option to arrive from England to Scotland, and it typically takes around 1 hr 10 min to come from London to Edinburgh. Another option is to hop on a high-speed train from London to Edinburgh, with an average journey time of 4-5 hr.

Itinerary #4: England and Wales

For those searching for remarkable bays and dramatic sea cliffs, you’re in for a treat with your 14 days in the UK.

Some of the best beaches are found off the usual path, making up for an ideal retreat for individuals wanting solitude. Cornwall (England) and Gower (Wales) are both great destinations for surfing and are located near one another, making it easy to visit both places in one trip.

If you want to hone your surfing skills, head to the UK’s top surfing location, Fistral Beach. Another must-visit destination in England is Porthcurno Bay, which offers a secluded coastal cliff range and one of the best beaches in the country.

For surfers , families, and couples seeking a peaceful seaside getaway, Bigbury-on-Sea Beach is for you. But definitely check out Northern Devon and Cornwall for fantastic beaches and fun surfing waves.

2 images - Three Cliffs Bay and North Devon - 2 Weeks in the UK Itinerary

Wales 5 days

Surrounded by turquoise water, golden sand beaches, and ragged cliffs, the Gower Peninsula in Wales is a must-see. This paradise is considered Britain’s first Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty , which offers an abundance of activities, including hiking and surfing.

The area’s main attractions are the picturesque Rhossili Beach, Worm’s Head, and Three Cliffs Bay. For Wales, it’s best to stay in Cardiff or Swansea to have plenty of accommodation options.

Getting from England to Wales

There are no direct flights from Cornwall (England) to Swansea (Wales), but you can drive a car, with the most popular routes being the A30, M5, and M4. The road trip journey is around 3 hr 53 min, depending on the traffic situation.

Itinerary #5: England and Northern Ireland

Travel back in time and discover the mysteries of the past on a historical journey of the UK. With this itinerary, you’ll undoubtedly see the main historical sites rich with tales of how World War II affected England.

In addition, you’ll discover how “The Troubles” began during the centuries-long conflict in 1992 that followed the Catholic people of Ireland’s attempt to overthrow British control, which was dominated by the Protestant religion.

Check out Fan Bay Deep Shelter, where you can glimpse the tunnels constructed beneath the artillery battle during WWII. Located directly across from Pines Garden’s main entrance, The St. Margaret’s Museum houses several WWII-related relics, including period clothing and an air raid bunker.

The tunnels beneath Dover Castle , which served as an evacuation centre during WWII, are also open to the public. If you’re curious to see Cambridge and Oxford, there are day trips from London heading towards those areas.

2 images -Belfast tower clock and London Tower Clock

Northern Ireland for 6 days

The Titanic Belfast , a spectacular landmark that commemorates Belfast’s maritime history and pays tribute to the RMS Titanic, is worth visiting. You can also swing by The Ulster Museum in Belfast, which houses exhibits about the cultural heritage of Northern Ireland cultural heritage.

Just a short drive from Belfast is home to Carrickfergus Castle, one of the country’s finest medieval structures that fended off enemies centuries ago.

Getting from England to Northern Ireland

To get from England to Northern Ireland , you can fly from Dover to Belfast, which takes around 1 hr 15 min. The closest airport to Dover is London Gatwick Airport, and from there, you can take a flight to Belfast City Airport.

Itinerary #6: Wales and Scotland

This trip takes you through the most scenic areas of England’s natural beauty , which have served as a source of inspiration for countless authors and musicians. Put your hiking boots on as we ramble around some of the best national parks and open spaces in the nation.

Wales and Scotland are both known for their incredible hiking trails and stunning landscapes, perfect destinations for outdoor enthusiasts and those who love to hike.

The fun Four Falls Walk includes the stunning Blue Pool, the Sgwd y Pannwr, Sgwd Clun-Gwyn, and the Sgwd yr Eira, a famous hike in Wales. The Glamorgan Heritage Coast, a 14-mile stretch of picturesque that runs from Porthcawl to Aberthaw, has grown more prominent with hikers and cyclists due to its proximity to Dunraven Bay.

2 images - Glasgow University and Four Falls Walk

Scotland for 7 days

Scotland’s Northern Highlands is a must for those who enjoy golf, hiking, fishing, kayaking, and water rafting. With breathtaking views of the Trossachs National Park, you can hike up Ben Lomond if you prefer longer treks.

Then there is Ben Nevis, the tallest peak in Britain, which attracts hikers of all skill levels and can be reached in about 2 hr 30 min.

Getting from Wales to Scotland

When travelling from Wales to Scotland, I highly suggest taking a direct flight from Cardiff to Edinburgh as it usually takes approximately 1 hr 15 min.

From Edinburgh, you can take the train from Edinburgh Waverley railway station to Glasgow Queen Street railway station, which takes around 50 min to 1 hr. If you choose to drive, the quickest route is via the M8, which takes about 1 hr 15 min.

THINGS TO SEE AND DO IN THE UK

There are just so many things to do in the UK. The best way to sort that out is to know what’s important for you. Is it to see castles, go hiking, explore cities, or learn about history – perhaps you want a bit of everything.

This list will help you make a collection of activities you want to do, sites to see, and tours to book:

  • Tower of London and Crown of Jewels – you can book a tour
  • Tower Bridge and Big Ben
  • Join a fun Harry Potter guided walking tour and get a ticket to Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio
  • The British Museum
  • Kensington Palace – you can join a sightseeing tour or a Royal high tea
  • Buckingham Palace
  • Book a spooky Jack the Ripper tour
  • Westminster Abbey – hop on a boat cruise from Westminster to Greenwich
  • The National Gallery
  • London Eye – you can get a fast-track ticket to save time
  • St. Paul’s Cathedral
  • Stonehenge – you can get on a tour from London
  • Madame Tussauds – visit one of the most popular museums in London, get your entry ticket
  • Windsor Castle – get your admission ticket
  • World War II – walking tour with a visit to Churchill war rooms
  • Trafalgar Square
  • The Shard – you can get a ticket to enjoy a panoramic view
  • Book a dinner cruise at the Thames River

South and Southwest of London:

  • The Royal Pavillion
  • Leeds Castle
  • Bodiam Castle
  • Hever Castle & Gardens
  • Hampton Court Palace
  • Thorpe Park Resort
  • Salisbury Cathedral
  • Stonehenge – get your ticket here if you’re planning to get there on your own

North and northwest of London (Leeds/Liverpool/Manchester):

  • Cadbury World
  • Get a hop-on-hop-off bus for Liverpool – this includes a city tour and Beatles tour – or simply book The Beatles Story tour
  • Shakespeare’s Birthplace
  • Mersey River – book a cruise
  • Dayton Manor Theme Park
  • National Railway Museum York
  • Blackpool Pleasure Beach

Northern Ireland

  • Crumlin Road Gaol Visitor Attraction and Conference Centre – get a self-guided tour
  • Peace Wall Belfast – combine Peacewall and Mural in a tour
  • Northern Ireland War Memorial Museum
  • SS Nomadic – you can book a guided tour for SS Nomadic and Titanic Experience
  • Titanic Belfast
  • Vertigo Titanic Park
  • Wall Mural – join a political taxi tour
  • CS Lewis Square
  • Game of Thrones – book a day tour that includes Giant Causeway
  • From Dublin – there’s a package tour for Giants Causeway, Dark Hedges, and Belfast
  • Have fun at Beer Bike tour in Belfast
  • Giant’s Causeway – you don’t want to drive there, you can enjoy a luxury coach tour
  • Get the hop-on, hop-off bus for Belfast
  • National Trust – Divis and the Black Mountain
  • Join the Bloody Sunday and Bogside Mural guided tour
  • Museum of Free Derry
  • Bishop’s Gate, part of the Derry Walls
  • If you can spend five days in Scotland, check the itinerary on this 5-day tour to save you time and make the trip more convenient
  • Edinburgh Castle – get your skip-the-line ticket
  • The Royal Palace
  • National War Museum
  • Loch Ness – join a full-day Scottish Highlands tour or this tour
  • Palace of Holyroodhouse
  • Dean Village
  • Hogwarts Express – ride the train from Inverness or from Edinburgh
  • See more of the Harry Potter – HP guided walking tour
  • National Museum of Scotland
  • Arthur’s Seat – you can take the trail from Holywood Park
  • St Andrews and Fishing Villages – check the tour price
  • Calton Hill
  • Camera Obscura & World of Illusions
  • Craigmillar Castle
  • Portobello Beach
  • Don’t miss the spooky features – haunted underground and graveyard tour
  • Duddingston Golf Club
  • Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum
  • Loch Lomond – you can enjoy an hour of boat cruise
  • The Trossachs National Park
  • Tease your taste buds with – chocolate tour and Scotch whiskey tour or food tour with drinks
  • The Gatehouse
  • Scottish National Portrait Gallery
  • From Inverness – you can do a full-day tour to the Isle of Skye and Eilean Donan Castle
  • Stirling Castle
  • Join the wandering tour of South Wales – read the reviews and check the price
  • Caernarfon Castle
  • Snowdonia National Park and Snowdon – book this tour with 3 castles visit or Snowdonia with Portmeirion tour
  • Conwy Castle
  • Llangollen – go on a whitewater rafting or canoeing tour
  • Cardiff Castle
  • Prembrokeshire Coast National Park
  • West Wales – there’s a mystical tour you can join
  • Harlech Castle
  • National Trust – Bodnant Garden
  • Barry Island – filming locations of Gavin and Stacey
  • Swansea Castle
  • The National Waterfront Museum
  • Devil’s Bridge

MUST-TRY BRITISH DISHES, DRINKS, AND SNACKS

I’ve met enough Brits throughout my travels, and the dish I have to try in the UK is fish and chips. I won’t lie that they were wrong. Fish and chips is available worldwide, but this authentic one was worth the trip.

If you’re looking to try traditional British food, here are some dishes you shouldn’t miss:

3 images - fish and chops, trifle, and meat pie

  • Fish and chips – battered and fried fish served with chips
  • Roast beef and Yorkshire pudding – slow-roasted beef served with gravy and a large, fluffy Yorkshire pudding.
  • Shepherd’s pie – a casserole made with minced lamb, vegetables, and mashed potatoes on top
  • Bangers and mash – sausages served with mashed potatoes and gravy
  • Toad in the hol e – sausages baked in batter and served with gravy and vegetables
  • Cornish pasty – pastry filled with meat and vegetables, originating from Cornwall
  • Ploughman’s lunch – hearty meal typically consisting of cheese, bread, pickles, and sometimes ham
  • Full English breakfast – classic English breakfast consisting of eggs, bacon, sausage, black pudding, grilled tomatoes, mushrooms, and baked beans
  • Sticky toffee pudding – a sweet dessert made with dates and a toffee sauce, often served with vanilla ice cream
  • Trifle – traditional English dessert made with layers of sponge cake, fruit, custard, and cream

When it comes to drinks:

  • Tea: One of the most famous drinks in Britain, tea is typically served with milk and sugar
  • Scotch whisky (especially in Scotland)
  • Whisky (especially in Ireland)
  • Sarsaparilla: A sweet, carbonated soft drink that is flavoured with sassafras.
  • Square mile coffee
  • Elderflower cordial

ACCOMMODATIONS

I’ve mentioned that hotels are expensive in the UK, right? That’s true especially for London, but in the midlands of England and some cities in Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland, you can still find affordable accommodations.

  • Affordable: Hootananny Hostel or Dover Castle Hostel or The Phoenix Hostel
  • Mid-range: Central Hotel or Keystone House or Studios2Let
  • Luxury: The Londoner or The Ampersand Hotel or One Hundred Shoreditch
  • Affordable: The Full Moon Backpackers or The Washington
  • Mid-range: The Alma Taverns Boutique Suites or Arnor Manor Hotel
  • Luxury: Leonardo Hotel or Number 38 Cliffton or Clayton Hotel
  • Affordable to Mid-range: EI8HT Brighton or Selina Brighton or The Beach Hotel
  • Luxury: Drakes Hotel or The Charm Boutique Hotel & Spa or Jurys Inn Waterfront
  • Affordable: Piccadilly Central or YHA Manchester
  • Mid-range: ibis Portland Street or Castlefield Hotel
  • Luxury: Motel One or Maldron Hotel
  • Affordable: High Street Hostel or Royal Mile Backpackers
  • Mid-range: Wilde Aparthotels or Point A Hotel
  • Luxury: The Balmoral Hotel or Market Street Hotel
  • Affordable: easyHotel or Euro Hostel
  • Mid-range: Point A Hotel or The Z Hotel
  • Luxury: Native Glasgow or Maldron Hotel or Radisson Blu
  • Affordable (Cardiff): BunkHouse
  • Mid-range hotels (Cardiff): ibis Budget Cardiff or Cardiff Sandringham Hotel
  • Luxury hotel (Cardiff): Lincoln House or Hotel Indigo
  • Affordable (Belfast): Vagabond Hostel or Belfast International Youth Hotel
  • Mid-range (Belfast): Tara Lodge or ETAP Hotel
  • Luxury (Belfast): Ten Square Hotel or Titanic Hotel
  • Affordable (London): Wombat The City Hostel or YHA London Central
  • Mid-range (London): The Lilac Door or The Brownswood
  • Luxury (London): Montcalm Royal or The Landmark London

SUMMARY OF 2 WEEKS IN THE UK

The UK, consisting of Northern Ireland, England, Wales, and Scotland, is a mix of classic and modern attractions to which any traveller will be drawn. If you are taking panoramic photos or snapping selfies, you can take Instagram-worthy shots in the UK.

The UK never falls behind when it comes to being one of the most popular tourist destinations globally. This area has many incredible things to see and do, including historical sites, hiking trails, and magnificent coastal views. Your 2 weeks in the UK will definitely be worthwhile.

TO SAVE THIS ITINERARY, PIN THIS IMAGE BELOW:

Embark on a UK holiday exploring historic castles, vibrant cities, and stunning landscapes. From London's landmarks to Scotland's Highlands, Wales' beaches, and Northern Ireland's Giant's Causeway. Experience diverse cultures, culinary delights, and rich history across four nations. via @twoweektraveller

APRIL SALE:   Discover and book at   up to 60% off!

England, Ireland and Scotland Tours & Trips

If you have been longing to see England, Scotland and Ireland in one go, now is your chance. Book one of our Western European tours and let yourself be carried away through London and Oxford University, the Scottish Highlands, Dublin and Galway. Read here the best 7 day Ireland travel itineraries , 10 day Ireland itineraries , ideas for one week in Scotland  , or find the best Ireland adventures .

Filters applied

111 england, ireland and scotland tour packages with 3,705 reviews.

England, Scotland and Ireland end Dublin Tour

  • In-depth Cultural

England, Scotland and Ireland end Dublin

A very well planned tour. We enjoyed ourselves.

Essential Britain & Ireland Tour

  • Coach / Bus

Essential Britain & Ireland

Covered alot of ground and very busy of course with never enough time, but that was expected. Great driver, found tour director somewhat unenthusiastic - would have liked more concise info on how each day was going to progress and a little more interaction with the group. Hotel Metropole was so hot and too noisy to have window open - most of the hotel rooms were so hot all night. Holiday Inn York room was rather well tread and dirty. Other than that a great trip with excellent meals except the dinner at Holiday Inn York.

Britain and Ireland Delight (Summer, 8 Days) Tour

Britain and Ireland Delight (Summer, 8 Days)

An amazing trip. Sarah Rose was the best tour guide we have ever had. Her knowledge of the history of the UK and Ireland was outstanding. We were looked after from the time we met before starting the trip until after we left then bus at the end. The extra activities were a highlight of the trip and Sarah was the bubbly personality that brought the 40 holiday makers together. A special mention to our bus driver Tomek who was on hand all hours to make sure we were at our destinations on time. Always friendly and willing to help if needed. I would highly recommend the trip and the staff that made this an unforgettable expe4ience. Regards John & Mary

Britain and Ireland Experience (12 Days) Tour

Britain and Ireland Experience (12 Days)

Excellent tour very well run by Greg. No hesitation in recommending the same to family and friends

Aonghus Youth Tour

  • Christmas & New Year

Aonghus Youth

Jose is a very knowledgeable, talented, and made our tour exceptionally fun at all times - very entertaining as well !!!

Best of UK & Ireland Tour

Best of UK & Ireland

Great driver Paul and tourleader Peter who wasVery informative and gave us lots of places to see or visit on free time to experience.Would do another tour with. Expat .
  • 10% deposit on some dates Some departure dates offer you the chance to book this tour with a lower deposit.

Wonders of Britain and Ireland (12 Days) Tour

Wonders of Britain and Ireland (12 Days)

Emma was amazing. Most of the accommodation was excellent especially Apex. Most places were great dealing with my dietary requirements.
  • €100 deposit on some dates Some departure dates offer you the chance to book this tour with a lower deposit.

Britain & Ireland Explorer (Classic, 13 Days) Tour

Britain & Ireland Explorer (Classic, 13 Days)

We had a great holiday and highly recommend insight tours . We had lovely hotels and a fantastic tour guide who was very knowledgeable with places and the history.

Britain and Ireland Panorama (16 Days) Tour

Britain and Ireland Panorama (16 Days)

Anna was amazing. I really enjoyed the trip it actually was more than I expected. Our guide ANNA really made the trip.

Celtic Highlights Tour

Celtic Highlights

Excellent guides and wonderful sites to visit! They know where to go and what to see!

Grand Tour of Britain & Ireland Tour

Grand Tour of Britain & Ireland

This tour was fabulous! We highly recommend it!

The Best of Britain & Ireland Tour

The Best of Britain & Ireland

The tour was as advertised “a taste of the UK”,we saw some wonderful sites, beautiful towns/cities & magnificent people.Our tour guide (Peter) gave us interesting facts & antidotes for the places we went to.The accomodation was average but it did the job required (sadly none had separate laundry facilities to catch up with washing).Sometimes you felt rushed other times why are we here for 4 hours(to much shopping time).Overall we had a great time with our fellow passengers & Cosmos looked after us with respect & if given a chance to travel again by coach Cosmos tours will be on our check list. Regards Peter & Anne

Britain & Ireland Discovery (Classic, 22 Days) Tour

Britain & Ireland Discovery (Classic, 22 Days)

Michael Doughty was a gem - kept us rolling! He set up the stage for the highlight visit of Ardgowan Estate meeting the eligible bachelor for all to be swooning in the fairy tale possibility of living there.

Play & Pause: Britain & Ireland Tour

Play & Pause: Britain & Ireland

  • €75 deposit on some dates Some departure dates offer you the chance to book this tour with a lower deposit.

10-Day United Kingdom and Ireland Tour

10-Day United Kingdom and Ireland

Jose the tourist guide was excellent, the hotels except for the last one were very good, the landscape and scenery was amazing, very recommended

What people love about England, Ireland And Scotland Tours

As the one year anniversary approaches, I wish I could do this trip again!
Very nice itinerary ... jam packed days and evenings. I chose not to do any of the extra evening excursions that were offered so I was able to use the time to explore every overnight stop on my own. The tour guide was amazing... so full of knowledge about all the countries/areas we visited.
I really enjoyed the trip
  • Fully Guided (106)
  • Family (97)
  • In-depth Cultural (59)
  • Coach / Bus (58)
  • Personalized (15)

Travel Styles

  • Small Group (3)
  • Budget (11)
  • Singles and Solo (78)
  • For Couples (74)
  • Seniors (57)
  • 10 Day Tours (12)
  • 2 Week Tours (20)
  • 3 Week Tours (36)
  • 4 Week Tours (10)
  • Spring 2024 (52)
  • Summer 2024 (67)
  • Fall / Autumn 2024 (59)
  • Winter 2024 / 2025 (7)
  • Spring 2025 (46)
  • Summer 2025 (45)
  • Fall / Autumn 2025 (38)
  • Winter 2025 / 2026 (1)
  • April 2024 (32)
  • May 2024 (60)
  • June 2024 (57)
  • July 2024 (59)
  • August 2024 (59)
  • September 2024 (56)
  • October 2024 (31)
  • November 2024 (8)
  • December 2024 (7)
  • January 2025 (7)
  • February 2025 (7)
  • March 2025 (15)
  • April 2025 (38)
  • May 2025 (40)
  • June 2025 (40)
  • July 2025 (41)
  • August 2025 (40)
  • September 2025 (38)
  • October 2025 (11)
  • November 2025 (1)

Traveling Abroad

How to Plan a Trip to England, Ireland and Scotland

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Planning a multi-city trip can be a bit overwhelming, especially if you are trying to visit an extensive territory such as the United Kingdom, full of fascinating history and trendy cities. Because we don’t want you to miss anything that the UK has to offer, we created this ultimate guide on how to plan a trip to England, Ireland and Scotland in order to have the trip of your lifetime. 

Step-by-step guide on how to plan a trip to England, Ireland and Scotland

01. research the best way to see england, scotland and ireland.

The first thing you need to do to organize your trip between Great Britain’s islands is to decide which cities you want to explore during your vacation. In order to do that, we recommend you inspire yourself with:

  • Lonely Planet Guides : these world-famous guides are a great place to start when trying to decide the best places to visit in the United Kingdom, and an excellent way to understand more how you can move around each place. You can buy Ireland , Scotland and England guides at Amazon for an estimated price of $15 USD.
  • Pinterest : this visual search engine is not only a place for inspiration but also a useful tool for discovering new travel resources. Some boards that you should check out – Unite Kingdom Travel , UK Beautiful Places , and UK Travel Tips & Guides
  • Travel Blogs : it is impossible to name all of them because you can find a thousand travel blogs covering these destinations but a good place to start is to check The Blonde Abroad , which specialized in solo female travel, or Hand Luggage Only , two guys based in the UK who blog about travelling light.

Once you start filling your bucket list with destinations, it is time to create a Google Map and pin those places that you want to include on your trip. Because you will fall in love with Scotland, England, and Ireland, and will probably want to see every little town around, we recommend you use one colour for the cities that are a no negotiable place to visit and another one for those that you would like to explore but can take off your itinerary if it is necessary:

Map: how to plan a trip to England, Ireland, Scotland

02. Decide how much time you can travel around the United Kingdom

You already know which places you would like to explore so it is time to be realistic and answer yourself “ how long can I extend my trip?”. This is a super important question because, based on your answer, we are going to cut some cities from your dream list or add more destinations to it. 

How many days does it take to see Scotland, England, and Ireland?

For a trip to Scotland, England and Ireland you should consider travelling for at least 15 days. However, you can do it in 10 days if you only focus on 1 main city in each country.

03. Figure out Visa restrictions

An important part of planning a trip to England, Ireland and Scotland is figuring out if you need to request a tourist visa in advance in order to enter the UK and Ireland. 

Important clarification: England, Scotland and Northern Ireland are part of the United Kindom, the rest of Ireland is not. If you are planning to include Dublin in your itinerary, for example, you will need to check out the visa restrictions for the United Kingdom and Ireland

If you are from the USA, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand you don’t need a special visa to enter Ireland and UK. In Ireland, you can stay up to 3 months as a tourist, while in the United Kingdom, you can travel around the region for up to 6 months. If you are from another country or want to check that this information is up to date, you can visit Ireland’s Department of Justice and Equality website and the Standard Visitor Visa page of the UK Government .

Even when you come from a non-visa-required country, you will still have to prove to the immigration officer at the border control that you have a reason to visit the country and that you are not planning to stay illegally for longer than what you are allowed. Because of this, we recommend you to have a binder prepared with your travel documents such as your flight back home, hotel confirmations, proof that you have the means to travel around the region (credit cards, money in your bank account, cash, etc)

04. Create an itinerary for your trip

One of the most important steps in planning a trip to England, Ireland and Scotland is to decide your itinerary around each place. After figuring out how much time you can spend in the United Kingdom, it is time to go back to your Google Maps and delete those places that didn’t make the cut.   

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

With the final list of cities that you want to see on your vacation, you need to decide what are you visiting first and how are you going to travel around each place. 

Tips to plan an England, Scotland, and Ireland itinerary

  • Use google maps to estimate car and public transportation travel time from one destination to another.
  • Check out the National Rail website for train schedules and fares. For bus journeys, you can check Megabus and National Express (both are the most popular companies in the UK), or Busbud website to see all the coach routes in the United Kingdom.
  • If you are short on time, plan to base yourself on bigger cities and do day trips to smaller ones.
  • Consider renting a car to move around each city. This option will let you explore more towns during your road trip.
  • Schedule to spend more time travelling between each city than you expected. Delays, cancellations and inaccurate planning can happen so make sure that these things won’t ruin your dream vacation
  • For flights, consider how much time (and money!) it will take you to travel to the airport and how many hours before your flight you must arrive. Sometimes flying feels like the easiest, cheapest and fastest choice but if you do the math it is not always like that

England, Ireland and Scotland 15-day itinerary (the ultimate two weeks UK itinerary)

As we said earlier, for a trip around England, Ireland and Scotland we strongly advise you to spend at least two weeks travelling. Below you will find a 15-day itinerary that we think is great if it is your first time visiting the United Kingdom since it covers the major touristic spots:

London – 4 days (Oxford included)

4 days London itinerary: the Big Ben

While we could easily spend a month in London without seeing everything that this incredible city has to offer, 72 hours is a good amount of time for a first approach. Some of the things that you can see on the first two days are:

  • Buckingham Palace 
  • Trafalgar Square & the National Gallery
  • Parliament Square & Houses of Parliament
  • Westminster Abbey
  • London Bridge & Tower Bridge
  • Nothing Hill
  • Camden Town
  • Oxford Street
  • Piccadilly Circus

For your fourth day in London, you can keep exploring one of the largest cities or do a day trip to Oxford. To get there, you can take a 1 hour, 40-minute coach ride with Oxford Tube or book one of these top day tours from London to Oxford:

Manchester – 3 days (Liverpool included)

How to plan a trip to England, Ireland and Scotland

After wandering around the beautiful neighborhoods of London, it is time to move to Manchester, home of the famous football clubs Manchester City and Manchester United. You can get from London to Manchester by car (4 hours drive), train (2-3 hours depending on which train you book) or bus (between 5 and 6 hours). During your visit to Manchester, you can plan to see:

  • The Northern Quarter 
  • Castlefield Urban Heritage Park
  • Visit one of the many museums located in Manchester (National Football Museum, The Manchester Museum, Manchester Art Gallery, Imperial War Museum North, and People’s History Museum, among others)
  • Manchester Cathedral
  • Chetham’s Library

Because Manchester is 1 hour away from Liverpool by train, during one of your 3 days in Manchester you can do a day trip to the home of The Beatles and explore one more city in England before moving to Scotland.  

Edinburgh (3 days) 

Edinburgh 3 day itinerary: Victoria Street

If you are a fan of Harry Potter then you are going to have a blast during your 3 days in Edinburgh exploring the many neighborhoods that inspired JK Rowling. From Manchester, you can take the Transpennine Express that takes only 3 hours to connect the England city with Manchester, drive for 4 hours if you are doing an UK road trip, or even hop into a plane for a 1-hour flight. If this is your first time visiting Scotland, these are some of the things that you can see in Edinburgh in 3 days:

  • Edinburgh Old Town
  • Edinburgh Castle
  • Scotch Whisky Experience
  • Victoria Street, the inspiration for Diagon alley
  • Princess Street Gardens
  • Calton Hill
  • St. Giles Cathedral

If you’re just planning a trip to Ireland and Scotland, then

Glasgow (2 days)

Glasgow, Scotland

Scotland’s biggest city, Glasgow is a magnificent city to include in your itinerary when planning a trip to England, Ireland and Scotland. The city is home to several art galleries and museums, which makes it a perfect destination if you are travelling the region during winter and don’t want to spend the whole day outdoors. Our recommended things to visit during 2 days are: 

  • The Gallery of Modern Art
  •  Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum
  • Glasgow Cathedral
  • Glasgow Necropolis
  • George Square
  • The Lighthouse

Dublin (3 days)

Visit Anne Street during your 3 days in Dublin

The best option to arrive in Dublin from Glasgow is flying. The flight only takes one hour and, because there are several low-cost airlines covering the route, tickets range between $15 and $50 USD. Once you have figured out your transportation, CONGRATULATIONS! You are in one of the youngest and most fun cities in Europe, so it is time to explore Dublin in 3 days:

  • O’Connell Street and Henry Street
  • Trinity College
  • Dublin Castle
  • Christ Church Cathedral
  • Guinness Storehouse
  • Saint Patrick’s Cathedral
  • Dublin Writers Museum

05. Book your flights from home  

Once you have decided on your itinerary, you can detect which are the best cities to start your trip. If you want to save money, it is always useful to spot more than one place to fly from home so you can choose the cheapest option available. 

Suppose you are following our 15 days England, Ireland and Scotland itinerary. In that case, you will see that you can either start your trip in London and travel “in a circle” until you reach Dublin or you can fly to Dublin and follow the itinerary the other way around.

How do find the best flight price to England, Ireland and Scotland

Because we know that booking flights can be a hassle, we will show you step-by-step the process we follow to find the best airfare prices for your multi-destination trip. 

The first step is to pick up from your itinerary two options to travel from and use Google Flights to check the round-trip fares from your hometown to those destinations. In this example, we are going to follow the England, Scotland and Ireland itinerary that we mentioned before and pretend that we are travelling out of Chicago from 07/12/2020 to 07/27/2020.

Flight prices from Chicago to Dublin

While flights from Chicago to London cost an average of $400, flying from Chicago to Dublin during the exact same dates goes from $520 to $740, with an average cost of $620. In this first instance, the cheapest option is to fly into London with British Airways for $382.

The second step is checking the multi-city flights on the same dates. In this case, we are going to check the price for the following trip: Chicago – London / Dublin – Chicago

How to book cheap flights for England, Ireland and Scotland

As you can see, by taking advantage of stopovers and airline alliances, the flights from Chicago to London / Dublin to Chicago cost only $100 more than a round trip from Chicago to London on our dates. If you factor in the time you have to spend going back from Dublin to London for your flight back home, the extra airport transfer costs ($9 average cost from Dublin city center to the airport), and the cost of the extra flight (expect to pay between $25 and $60 for a flight from Dublin to London + baggage fees), then this option not only is the most convenient but it also costs barely the same than the first one.

06. Book transport tickets to move around each destination

Now that you have decided on your itinerary and secured your flights to get from and to your hometown, it is time to decide how you are going to move around the three countries. You can choose between:

Car Rental:

England, Ireland and Scotland is a great region to jump into a road trip, and this option will allow you to explore smaller towns while you travel between one of your main destinations to another. However, it is important to keep in mind that you will have to drive on the left and that most of the cars in the UK and Ireland are manual, which means that hiring an automatic one can usually cost more.

Resources: RentalCars.com can help you compare prices between many car rental companies in UK. This guide to UK toll roads can be also helpful when trying to estimate toll fares for your itinerary.

Train connections through Ireland, Scotland, and England are one of the most extensive in all of Europe. This option is one of the most convenient in terms of comfort since trains are the fastest and if you plan the itinerary accordingly, you won’t need to change stations between one destination and another. The downside is that the train is also one of the most expensive ways to travel around the UK and Ireland, so it is advised to book your tickets as soon as you can so you can access discounted fares.

For travelling around England, Scotland and Wales, you can also consider purchasing a Britrail Pass that will allow you to travel across the entire National Rail network of Great Britain. If you plan carefully your itinerary, purchasing a pass for 2, 3, 4 or 8 days can save you a good amount of money. 

Resources: Rail Europe is a great place to compare different train prices and they are also one of the few official sellers of the Britrail Pass. Checking UK’s National Rail website and the Irish Rail homepage is also recommended.    

While buses are the cheapest alternative to moving from one destination to another, in terms of time, they are the slowest option if you compare them to renting a car or taking the train. Depending on your itinerary, sometimes the good thing about taking the bus is that they can serve some direct routes that trains won’t.

Resources: Megabus , Stage Coach Bus and National Express are some of the most known services that offer routes around this area.

England, Ireland and Scotland are served by many budget airlines. A flight from one point to another in this region won’t take you more than 1 hour and a half, and you can find fares for as low as $20. However, it is important to factor in the time and cost of moving from your hotel to the airport, arriving 2 hours before and then moving from the arrival airport to your accommodation again.

Resources: Google Flights is a great place to start when looking for air tickets. You can compare many providers and book directly from the airline.

What is the best option to travel around England, Ireland and Scotland?

There isn’t a unique answer on how to travel around England, Ireland and Scotland because it depends on your itinerary, the length of your trip and if you are planning to travel on a budget or if you prefer to spend more on comfort. However, the best option for travelling around the UK and Ireland will probably involve a combination of trains, buses, and flights. 

Once you have your itinerary around the area figured out, the smart thing to do is to compare prices and timetables between each transportation option and book it as soon as you can, considering that when you book earlier you can get deep discounts fares, especially on trains and buses

07. Book your accommodation in Scotland, England, and Ireland

When doing a multi-city trip, we always advise booking your transportation first because you will be able to know if you need to look for an apartment or hotel with early check-in, if you are going to travel overnight and skip a hotel night, etc. Once you know this, it is time to book your accommodation.

While it is true that the UK and Ireland are not the cheapest destinations, there are many hostels, hotels, beds, and breakfast and apartment rentals to pick from, which means that if you do your research you will be able to find accommodation for your trip that suits your budget. 

Tips for booking accommodation in Scotland, England, and Ireland

  • Do a quick look of prices in Agoda and calculate the average cost of a night in your destination. This will help you to set a base price and recognize when a specific hotel/apartment/hostel is a bargain and when it costs a little bit more.
  • If you are backpacking and want to keep the costs of accommodation down the first place you should check is HostelWorld. This does not mean that you shouldn’t check hotels too, sometimes when travelling with friends the cost of splitting a hotel room ends up being the same as booking multiple beds in a hostel, so don’t limit yourself just because you are on a budget.
  • If you are travelling with your family or a large group consider looking for an apartment at Airbnb instead of a hotel. Most of the time, the cost of a two-bedroom rental is less than booking two different hotel rooms.
  • Sometimes you will be tempted to stay outside of the city center in order to save in accommodation. This option only makes sense if you factor first the cost of daily transportation to the center, so make sure to do the math, otherwise, you may end up paying the same and losing more time transferring from zone to zone.
  • If you are doing a road trip check parking costs around your accommodation. If you are looking to rent an Airbnb it is worth asking your host where is the cheapest place around the apartment to park your car.

08. Pack your suits and have fun!

No guide about how to plan a trip to England, Ireland and Scotland should be complete without some useful information about what to pack for a trip to Ireland and the UK. Once you have everything sorted out it is time to pack your suits and head to the airport before doing so, it is important to check the weather forecast one week before departing home so you can pack accordingly. Even when visiting the UK and Ireland in summer, you can expect rain and cold weather so keep that in mind when deciding what to bring to your trip.

Packing list: what you can’t miss when travelling to England, Ireland and Scotland

  • Windproof umbrella: while there is the truth that people have exaggerated about the amount of rain that the UK region gets, it is true that if you are travelling around England, Ireland and Scotland during any part of the year, chances are that you will have at least one rainy day during your trip. In order to be prepared and avoid having to change your plans due to the rain, it is wise to carry a small and windproof umbrella with you every time you go out.
  • Rain coat: as stated above, you won’t escape the rain during your trip, so be prepared with a raincoat. According to your style, you can choose to go for a more sporty one like this Levi’s lightweight anorak or choose a more stylish trench raincoat that will help you blend among locals when visiting more upscale bars and neighbourhoods. 
  • International travel adapter : from your smartphones to your hair styling tools, you will need to charge your belongings while travelling so make sure to bring the proper adapter with you. While there are adapters made specifically for England, Scotland and Ireland, we recommend you buy an interna t ional adapter instead since it will cost almost the same and will be useful for future trips.

Recap: how to plan a trip to England, Ireland and Scotland

  • Research the best places to see in the United Kingdom
  • Decide how much time you can travel around the United Kingdom
  • Figure out Visa restrictions
  • Create an itinerary for your trip
  • Book your flights from home
  • Book transport tickets to move around each destination
  • Book your accommodation in Scotland, England, and Ireland
  • Pack your suits and have fun!

Similar Posts

14 Best Things to do in Buenos Aires Argentina

14 Best Things to do in Buenos Aires Argentina

Incredible food, lively nightlife and thousands of free things to do are some of the reasons that make Buenos Aires one of our favourite cities in the entire world. Whether you are backpacking around South America or just want to keep the cost down, there are many interesting places to see without spending a dime…

Parikia or Naoussa? – Which Place is the Best to Stay in Paros

Parikia or Naoussa? – Which Place is the Best to Stay in Paros

Choosing Parikia or Naoussa is one of the hardest things to do when deciding the best place to stay in Paros. All of the villages on Paros island have their charm. We have gathered reasons to stay in the two main town centers of the island so you can decide where to stay in Paros,…

3 Days in Santorini – How Much is a Trip to Santorini Greece?

3 Days in Santorini – How Much is a Trip to Santorini Greece?

Whether you are planning a romantic getaway for a honeymoon in Santorini or trying to organize a trip to the famous greek island with your best friend, the cost of vacationing in Santorini is often an issue that comes to the mind of travellers that are looking to spend some time in this paradise. Because…

13 Best Things to Do in Kadikoy, Istanbul Asian Side

13 Best Things to Do in Kadikoy, Istanbul Asian Side

Kadikoy is a diverse neighbourhood on the Asian side of Istanbul. It is known for its cultural experiences and is popular among locals and expats. We’ve listed the top 13 things to do in Kadikoy, including historical and trendy art spots. Consider staying in Kadikoy during your visit to Istanbul to explore the area fully….

Free Museums in Seattle – A Helpful Guide to Seattle Museums

Free Museums in Seattle – A Helpful Guide to Seattle Museums

With more than 40 museums around, Seattle is one of the most interesting cultural cities in America, and the good thing about it is that most offer free entrance day.  The area’s museums cover a wide variety of topics to explore, such as pop culture, marine, aviation, contemporary art, and cultural heritage history, to name…

10 Best Hostels in Asia for the Luxury Backpackers

10 Best Hostels in Asia for the Luxury Backpackers

Are you planning your next holidays and wondering which are the best hostels in Asia? If Leonardo Di Caprio and The Beach is the first thing that comes to mind when considering Asia on a budget, then fear no more! And read this helpful guide to choose your backpacker accommodation wisely.   In the past few…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

The World Was Here First

10 Tips for Planning a Trip to Scotland and Ireland

Last Updated on January 4, 2024

by Maggie Turansky

Disclaimer: This article contains affiliate links. That means if you click a link and make a purchase, we may make a small commission. As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases. For more information, see our privacy policy.

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

The rugged landscape and emerald green nature of the British Isles leave many travellers longing to jump on the next flight to explore these two fantastic countries. However, planning a trip to Scotland and Ireland takes a bit more preparation than simply booking a flight and packing a bag.

While these two countries are, on the whole, quite easy to travel in — especially if you’re an English-speaker — there are a number of things you need to be aware of when visiting the wild north of Great Britain and the Emerald Isle.

Before we left on our amazing road trips through the Scottish highlands and the west of Ireland , there are several things we wished we would have known. To help you avoid some of the mistakes that we made, we’ve compiled a handy list of ten helpful tips for your trip to the region!

Table of Contents

10 Tips for Travel in Scotland & Ireland

Though Scotland and Ireland are both highly developed Western countries, there are a few anomalies that can throw a wrench in your travel plans if you’re not adequately prepared.

It is also worth noting that, while the countries are quite similar, there are some suggestions in this list that apply more to one country over another.

1. Rent a car

While it is certainly possible to get around Scotland and Ireland while relying solely on public transport, the further out of the bigger towns you get the more difficult it will become.

If you don’t want to spend the majority of your days either on a bus or waiting for one, one of the biggest travel tips I could give is to hire a car. We recommend searching for cars on Rentalcars.com to compare prices across major companies.

While fuel prices can be steep, most cars have quite good mileage and both countries are fairly small, so you won’t have to fill up often. Hiring a car will definitely allow you to see the sites you want on your own terms and gives you a certain amount of freedom that the bus just doesn’t.

Glencoe in Scotland

It is worth noting that both countries drive on the left side of the road and it can take some getting used to if you’ve only ever driven on the right.

However, it isn’t too hard and many visitors manage to navigate the change without any incidents. If you’re looking for tips about driving in Ireland for tourists, make sure to tell the rental car company your qualms and they are sure to help you out.

It is also worth spending time in the car park to familiarise yourself with the car before hitting the road.

Another thing to keep in mind is that the majority of rental cars in Ireland and Scotland tend to have manual transmissions. If you are confident driving manually, hiring this kind of car can save you a fair amount of money per day.

There are fewer automatic transmission cars available and they, therefore, tend to be a bit more expensive. However, if you don’t drive a manual or are nervous about driving in Scotland or Ireland , then it might be better to rent an automatic.

Road on Achill Island

2. Wild Camp in Scotland

Camping has long been one of the saving graces for the budget-conscious traveller, with campsites coasting a fraction of the price of even the most discounted of hostel dorm beds.

However, in Scotland, while you can certainly drop some cash on a campsite plot, you don’t have to pay a thing if you choose to wild camp — and it’s perfectly legal almost everywhere.

Wild camping is both a really good way to offset the cost of a car hire and an excellent way to get away from it all and to enjoy the stunning natural scenery all to yourself. So, if you find a good spot, go ahead and pitch a tent and spend the night — this is one of the best Scotland travel tips I could give.

If you do choose to wild camp in Scotland, just make sure to do so safely and respectfully. Exercise leave no trace practices and make sure you leave your sleeping spot looking as if you were never there.

Make sure to camp away from main roads, as well, and be sure that it is legal to park your car where you are overnight. If you are unsure if you’re allowed to camp somewhere, a quick Google search for local laws should set you straight.

This tip applies only when planning a trip to Scotland as wild camping is illegal in Ireland. However, camping is still a popular money-saving option in Ireland , you just need to be at a proper campsite to do it.

As many people choose to camp in Ireland, there are hundreds of campsites throughout the country and they rarely cost more than about €10-15 per night. You also get the added benefit of shower facilities…which isn’t offered if you’re wild camping!

wild camping on the North Coast 500

3. Take advantage of petrol stations.

The Highlands of Scotland are the most sparsely populated area of the UK and larger towns become few and far between the farther north you venture. This is much the same once you get outside of the bigger cities and towns in Ireland.

This being said, I would recommend that you consider filling up your tank when you’re about half full as it can be a long time before you come across a petrol station.

No one wants to be stranded with an empty tank in the middle of nowhere, so make sure to take advantage of whatever stations you come across. You don’t know when the next one will come along.

Petrol prices can be high in this area of the world, especially if you’re visiting from the United States so that is something to keep in mind when figuring out a budget.

Beautiful Scottish countryside

4. It can take a while to travel short distances

One of the best travel tips to keep in mind while you’re road-tripping is that even though your destination might look fairly close by on the map, it can take a while to get there.

This is especially true in the more rural areas, but it can take close to three hours to travel just 60 miles. So make sure to plan accordingly and be realistic about how long it might take you to arrive at your destination.

The same goes when planning a trip to Ireland, especially if you decide to get off of the main motorway and enjoy the bucolic scenery of the smaller country roads.

We recommend getting off the big roads when visiting both Scotland and Ireland because it will help you find some hidden gems and see parts of the countries that few tourists ever even think to, but this can add to your travel time.

If you’re wondering how long it might take you to get somewhere, make sure to check out the travel times on Google Maps rather than just looking at the distance.

If your destination is 100 kilometres (62 miles) away, for instance, don’t expect it to take an hour to drive there as you might in the USA. It will likely take at least 2 hours to drive there.

Wild Atlantic Way Viewpoint @ Tullan Strand

5. The roads are narrow and full of sheep

One of the reasons it might take you a while to get from point A to point B while on a Scottish Highlands or Ireland road trip might be due to the narrow roads.

The farther away from the bigger towns you go, the roads get steadily narrower — to the point where there might only be one lane with passing places every 100 meters or so.

Another thing to know is that there often tend to be several sheep grazing on the side of these one-lane roads and they have little concern for oncoming traffic.

Michael and I spent about ten minutes at one point trying to get some sheep to move out of the middle of the road and had no success until someone came along and let his Border Collie chase them off.

Sheeps in Orkney

6. Be prepared for all weather

It is a well-known fact that this part of the world and rainy weather go hand in hand, so one of the best Scotland travel tips I can give is to make sure that you’re prepared to experience every season in one day.

The most valuable thing you can remember to pack when planning a trip is a waterproof/windproof jacket.

Even though a day might start out bright and sunny with not a cloud in the sky, it can turn at the flip of a switch and, without the proper clothing, you can end up getting completely soaked. So do yourself a favour and dress appropriately.

Glenveagh National Park

7. Make sure to book ahead during the high season

Gone are the days where you could just search for a vacancy sign the day of, or expect to find a table at the local pub without a reservation. No, if you’re planning a trip, especially in the high season of June to August you’re going to have to book ahead.

If you’re not planning on wild camping or cooking for yourself, you are going to need to have accommodation and dinner booked in advance.

8. Get off the main highways

If you’re going on a road trip make sure to get off of the main highways!

As I mentioned in tip 4, even though rural backroads might be windy, narrow, and full of sheep, they will also provide you with some of the most stunning natural scenery in the world, with every turn giving way to a gorgeous vista.

The smaller roads are infinitely more scenic than the big motorways and will definitely make your Scotland or Ireland road trip all the more memorable.

Driving along the Sky Road in Connemara

9. Eat local seafood

While British and Irish food may come with several preconceived negative stereotypes, much of the UK and Ireland is actively trying to remedy this and food is much better today than it ever has been.

And absolutely nothing is comparable to the incredible seafood available all along the Scottish coast or the wonderful oysters and salmon available along Ireland’s wild Connemara region .

Though there are many chippies to be found and the battered and fried fish is out-of-this-world delicious, there are also fantastic restaurants where you can get beautifully prepared, freshly caught local seafood.

Ireland especially is having its own food revolution with many local chefs reimagining their local cuisine and giving it a modern twist.

While the city of Cork is most notable for starting this trend, many other Irish cities have followed suit and there are myriad Michelin-starred restaurants throughout the Emerald Isle.

Even if these restaurants lie a bit outside of your Ireland travel budget , there are some more affordable restaurants, especially in bigger towns and cities, that serve incredible Irish food that will knock your socks off.

Seafood Platter at Skerries Bistro

10. Drink (a lot of) whisk(e)y

Nowhere in the world can you find so much phenomenal whisky in such a small area. There are over 100 single malt whisky distilleries actively producing Scotland’s most popular export throughout the country and it would be a shame if you didn’t take this opportunity to tour at least one distillery and see how this wonderful spirit is made.

Ireland is no different and although Irish whiskey dropped in international popularity in the past couple of decades, it is seeing a massive resurgence. There are many fantastic whiskey distilleries throughout the country and it is very worth sampling Ireland’s famous firewater.

If touring a distillery bores you but you still love whisky, most pubs in Scotland and Ireland have impressive collections of Scotch or Irish whiskey at better prices than you could get anywhere in the world.

Head to a cosy pub with some live music and order a peaty dram of a fine single malt. That is a recipe for an unforgettable evening in the Scottish Highlands or Irish countryside.

The Glenmorangie Distillery in Tain

These ten tips will help you have the best trip possible in the British Isles! Make sure to take time to get off of the beaten path and enjoy all of the things that Scotland and Ireland have to offer — you won’t be disappointed!

Are you planning a trip to Ireland and Scotland? Have you been? Let us know in the comments!

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Related Posts:

Glencoe in Scotland

The Ultimate 10-Day Scotland Itinerary: 3 Perfect Routes

Clonmacnoise Monestary

8 Best Stops On A Dublin To Galway Drive

Beautiful Loch Lomond

Planning a Loch Lomond Day Trip from Glasgow & Edinburgh

Avatar photo

About Maggie Turansky

Maggie is a co-founder and writer for The World Was Here First. Originally from the US, she has lived in five different countries and has travelled to dozens more, both solo and with her partner, Michael. She particularly loves exploring Spain and spending time in the Caucasus and the Baltics. Read more about Maggie

Maggie: I appreciate your advice to rent a car and I agree. However, my wife and I are in our 80’s (I’m 88) and driving for us would be unwise. What advice do you have for us for a 10-14 trip to Ireland and Scotland? David

Hi David – if you’re unable to hire a car there are train and bus connections between major cities in Scotland and Ireland. If you want to venture somewhere a bit more rural, I suggest hopping on some organised day tours 🙂

Hi, Would you recommend exploring on your own or going on one of the many tours offered from Dublin to the Cliffs of Moher? We are headed to Ireland in June and want to make the most of our time. Thanks, The Jacksons

It makes far more sense to do a day trip to the Cliffs of Moher from Galway city rather than Dublin. You can read about your options here: https://www.theworldwasherefirst.com/cliffs-of-moher-day-trip/

I’m planning on a trip to Ireland and Scotland for 2023-24. What airline do you recommend and what do you think cost would be. I’m planning to visit on my own terms.

My husband and I are planning our first trip to Scotland and Ireland in 2022 to celebrate our 50th Wedding Anniversary. Since we have not traveled abroad before, your website has given me an excellent place to start planning. My ancestral home is a little town called Methven and we would like to do a handfasting ceremony there, if possible. Any ideas on who to contact for something like that?

Hi Linn, thanks for your kind words and I’m happy that our website has proved helpful in planning your trip! Sounds like you’ve got quite the adventure in the works. Unfortunately, I don’t know anything about handfasting ceremonies so I can’t be of any help in that regard. I hope you’re able to find what you’re looking for!

Experiencing a trip to Scotland and Ireland is on “my bucket list”, and I’ve decided to not wait to be invited, so I’m making plans for myself, in two years. Hopefully the world will be back to normal by then! Thank you for the tips and I will be looking for other resources to help plan my future trip.

Glad we could help, Beth! Hope you’re able to plan an unforgettable trip 🙂

Can you give more tips on how to get affordable yet amazing accommodations throughout a 20 day trip to Ireland. After reading your article, might add Scotland. Family of 4 (2 teens). Thanks!

Hi Teresa! I would recommend having a look at booking.com or Airbnb in order to find accommodation that would suit your family’s particular needs.

Hi Hugo. Not sure with the pandemic if you went to Scotland yet. But my husband and I are also looking into a trip to both Scotland and Ireland. We are also from South Africa and are thinking of going next year in September if all goes well. Have you had any luck with the Campervan idea? That sounds kinda brilliant. Thanks for the tips Maggie will definitely use them.

We are planning a Scotland Ireland trip and want to do it with Campervans. We are from South Africa and have never been to these two countries. do you have a prevered company that we can contact for these campervans to rent?

Thanks for your comment, Hugo! Unfortunately, we don’t have a specific campervan company to recommend as we haven’t done this mode of travel before. Scotland and Ireland are the perfect place for it, though!

I’ve physically never been to Ireland or Scotland but my soul has,for sure, and it has been pulling and haunting me to go for some time now!! I’m starting to plan a trip to mark and celebrate turning 50 in my life and I am so glad I came across your site to help me with the planning process where I’m looking to do a more ‘out of the box’ type trip instead of a more typical, traditional,touristy type visit. Thank you for sharing your experiences,suggestions and tips!!!

Thanks for your comment, Janeen! I’m glad you’ve found our website helpful for planning your trip. Scotland and Ireland ar both beautiful countries with so much to offer travellers and I hope you have an amazing time exploring 🙂 If you have any more questions, please don’t hesitate to get in contact

Planning a road trip around Scotland and Ireland in September. First time visiting, thank for the info.

Great tips! I have been to Ireland 2 years ago and now I’m planning a 3 week trip in Scotland and Ireland. I will definitely use your tips, thank you a lot for sharing.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Flightdeck Powered by Pilot logo

How to Plan The Best Trip to Ireland & Scotland! [2024]

How to Plan The Best Trip to Ireland & Scotland! [2024]

So, you’re looking to see Ireland and Scotland’s beautiful and wild scenery? These European destinations are known for their natural beauty and fun cities. Find out how to plan your trip to Ireland and Scotland to ensure you’re making the most out of your vacation!

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Planning a trip to Ireland and Scotland? 

Spectacular coastlines and ancient castles. Loch Ness Monsters and Leprechauns. Guinness beer and world-class whiskey. 

What’s not to love about the Emerald Isle and the wild north of Great Britain? Add to that friendly locals and delicious food, and you’ll want to get the first flight out!

You’ll need a plan when preparing for a trip to these two incredible countries! There are many different things to remember—where to go, how long to stay, where to stay, how to get around, and much more.

The last thing you want is to miss out on anything.

Don’t worry! I’m here to help. I’ve tailored this comprehensive guide to be helpful to any wanderlust-seeking traveler looking to plan a trip to Ireland and Scotland. Get ready for the journey of a lifetime!

How to Plan a Trip to Ireland and Scotland: Step-by-Step

By the way, if you're only planning on only visiting Ireland, we've got you covered with a more comprehensive guide on planning a trip to Ireland . Check it out!

Step 1: Pick Your Destinations

The first thing you need to do is decide where you want to go! Ireland and Scotland may look small on a map, but these tiny countries pack a punch regarding things to see and do. 

Hit the Internet and do some research. Check out different travel websites to find out more about the countries. Read traveler’s blogs, like this one on things to see in Dublin , to get some ideas.

Here’s what I do that I find extremely helpful when making an itinerary of destinations I want to visit:

  • Use a travel planning app to list your destinations and the places you want to see. 
  • Create a Google Map and pin those places you want to include on your trip.
  • Mark your ‘must-sees’ in one color and the ‘not-as-important’ in another color. This makes it easier to trim your itinerary down.
  • Make sure you have a good variety of destinations on your list (ex. You probably want to explore bustling larger cities and spend some time in nature-focused destinations!)

If you’re anything like me, you’ll want to see EVERYTHING. But unless you have endless amounts of time, you’ll need to prioritize.

Glenfinnan Viaduct, Fort William, Scotland

Step 2: Decide on the Best Time to Travel

There’s nothing worse than bad weather ruining your holiday. It’s best to plan your trip around the weather if you have the option to be flexible.

The best time to visit Ireland and Scotland is between April-May and September-October during the off-peak shoulder season. The weather is pleasant, and you’ll avoid the crazy crowds that arrive in summer.

Step 3: Ask Yourself, “How Long?”  

You’ve made a list of the places you want to see. Now it’s time to be realistic and decide how much time you have to see them all. Your answer will help you to create a perfect itinerary, so you don’t miss anything!

How many days does it take to see Ireland and Scotland? Ideally, 14 days is enough time to experience the best of both worlds. 

With at least 14 days on your itinerary, you can explore cities like Dublin and Edinburgh, take a hike in the Highlands from Glasgow , and tour some very cool castles. However, if you only have 10 days, you can focus on one main city in each country.

People Walking on the Streets of Dublin

Step 4: Research Visa Restrictions

It’s essential to figure out if you need a visa to enter the UK and Ireland. Remember that England, Scotland, and Northern Ireland are part of the United Kingdom, but Southern Ireland is not. So, you may need a visa for one country and not the other.

Suppose you’re from Australia, New Zealand, Canada, or the USA. In that case, you don’t need a special visa to enter Ireland and the UK. You can stay in Ireland as a tourist for up to three months without a visa. In the United Kingdom, you can enjoy six months of visa-free travel as a tourist.

If you are from another country, you can visit Ireland’s Department of Justice and Equality website and the Standard Visitor Visa page of the UK Government to find out what visa restrictions might apply to you.

When you arrive at the airport, you’ll still need to prove your reason for visiting the country to the immigration officer at the border control. They’ll also want to know how long you are planning on staying. 

To avoid any upsets, carry all your travel documents, such as return flights, hotel confirmations, proof of income, etc., with you in a travel pouch .

Step 5: Organize Your Itinerary

An essential step in planning a trip to Ireland and Scotland is to plan your itinerary. Once you have decided on how long you can travel and where you want to go, it’s time to thrash out the details.

Essential details include getting around and finding accommodation in each place. You also want to make sure you have enough time for traveling in between.

Let’s talk about some top tips for planning an itinerary for an Ireland and Scotland trip!

Plan a Route

Google Maps is an excellent tool for estimating travel times between places. Use it to decide the best way to get from one destination to another.

Rome2Rio is another excellent website that offers multi-modal routes between destinations.

Rome2Rio Logo

Figure Out Mode of Transportation

Once you have decided on your means of travel, check out Busbud , Megabus , and National Express for bus journeys in the UK. For train fares and schedules, go to the National Rail website.

Consider renting a car if your budget allows. It’s a great way of exploring a country or a city in your own time.

Think About Delays

Always schedule extra traveling time between cities for unexpected delays. The last thing you want is silly inconveniences ruining your dream vacation!  

Also, think twice about flying between destinations. While it may seem quicker, if you add all the traveling time in between, it can actually be longer. And far more expensive!

2-Week Itinerary for a Trip to Ireland and Scotland

As I suggested earlier, two weeks is an ideal amount of time to spend exploring Ireland and Scotland. Find ideas for a fabulous two-week itinerary for a trip to Ireland and Scotland below!

Day 1 and 2: Explore Dublin

Don’t miss these must-see attractions:

  • Dublin Castle
  • St. Patrick’s Cathedral
  • Trinity College Library
  •  Little Museum of London
  • Christ Church Cathedral
  • St. Stephens Green
  • Lunch at Avoca Wool Shop & Café
  • Howth Cliffs

Day 3 and 4: Take an Overnight Trip to the West of Ireland

Check out these top spots along the way:

  • Killarney National Park 
  • Killarney Town
  • Muckross Abbey
  • Muckross House & Traditional Farm
  • Cliffs of Moher

Day 5: County Wicklow

Be sure not to miss these:

  • Wicklow Town
  • Wicklow Gaol
  • Glendalough
  • Powerscourt Estate
  • Silver Strand Beach and the Donegal Coast

Day 6 and 7: Northern Ireland and back to Dublin

Don’t forget to check these out:

  • Giant’s Causeway
  • Carrick-a-Rede Rope Bridge
  • Dark Hedges

Next stop—Scotland!

Belfast City Hall

Day 8 and 9: Explore Edinburgh

Be sure to make time to see these hot spots:

  • Edinburgh Castle
  • St. Giles’ Cathedral
  • Scott Monument
  • Calton Hill
  • Grass Market
  • Victoria Street
  • Princes Street Gardens
  • Holyrood Palace
  • The Royal Mile

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Day 10: Scottish Highlands

Must-visits include:

  • Urquhart Castle

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Days 11 – 13: The Isle of Skye

Don’t miss these sites:

  • Dunvegan Castle
  • Neist Point
  • Eilean Donan Castle
  • Fairy Pools
  • The Quiraing 
  • Old Man of Storr
  • Museum of Island Life & Flora MacDonald’s Grave

Unfortunately, day 14 is when you’ll need to depart from beautiful Edinburgh! But, you’re taking a whole lot of memories, and hopefully stunning photos, home with you.

Eilean Donan Castle‍

Get Ready for Ireland & Scotland With Pilot!

After going through all that, I hope you’re starting to dream about your perfect trip to Ireland and Scotland. Now you really know how much there is to do and see!

Remember, with these tips, tricks, and itinerary ideas, you’ll make your next European journey a reality in no time. To ensure you’re keeping yourself organized, why not use a trip planning app to keep all of your ideas and plans in one place?

Pilot - A Social Trip Planner - Banner

Disclosure : Pilot is supported by our community. We may earn a small commission fee with affiliate links on our website. All reviews and recommendations are independent and do not reflect the official view of Pilot.

Mia Russell Blog

Satisfy your wanderlust

Get Pilot. The travel planner that takes fun and convenience to a whole other level. Try it out yourself.

Trending Travel Stories

Discover new places and be inspired by stories from our traveller community.

What to Buy in Japan: 13 Souvenirs You’ll Actually Want!

Related Travel Guides

Top 7 Things to Do in Ireland: Get the full Irish experience!

Top 7 Things to Do in Ireland: Get the full Irish experience!

8 Top Things to do in Scotland: Must-see hidden gems! [2024]

8 Top Things to do in Scotland: Must-see hidden gems! [2024]

Is Dublin Safe for Travelers? Best tips to stay safe in 2024!

Is Dublin Safe for Travelers? Best tips to stay safe in 2024!

MacBackpacker Scotland Hostels Review: Are they any good?

MacBackpacker Scotland Hostels Review: Are they any good?

4 Days in Ireland is All You Need: Itinerary to see the sights

4 Days in Ireland is All You Need: Itinerary to see the sights

Make the most of every trip.

Pilot Plans web app product images

You won’t want to plan trips any other way!

The trip planner that puts everything in one place, making planning your trip easier, quicker, and more fun.

Close button

How to Spend 10, 14, or 21 Days in England, Ireland & Scotland

Customers rate Zicasso's travel referral service  5  on a scale of 1 to 5 based on  1534  reviews on Trustpilot

We match you with top tour companies that specialize in the trip you want,  whether it's a customized private tour or a group tour.

Eilean Donan Castle in the Highlands of Scotland

Eilean Donan Castle in the Highlands of Scotland

Embark on an epic adventure of classic England, Ireland, and Scotland by dividing your time between the three countries over 10, 14, and 21 days.

Explore rich English heritage in key cities such as London and York, then venture into the Scottish Highlands, where cows and sheep roam free in breathtaking scenery. Be entertained by Irish folklore and spend a few days simply relaxing in various villages and coastal gems.

Ensure you spend enough time discovering the highlights and national favorites in all the unique corners of each country when visiting for 10, 14, or 21 days.

How to Spend 10 Days in England, Ireland & Scotland

How to spend 14 days in england, ireland & scotland, how to spend 21 days in england, ireland & scotland, choose the right duration for your england, ireland & scotland itinerary.

Windor Castle in England

Windor Castle in England

With 10 days to enjoy three fascinating countries, planning your stay just perfectly will ensure you make the most of your time in each.

Targeting the highlights is the goal and this means spending time in capital cities for the most part, with day trips to nearby must-see landmarks and sites more than possible.

Discover the main attractions in London and nearby Windsor, while embracing Edinburgh and its magical castle. Enjoy an excursion to the nearby Highlands, then end your experience with two days in Dublin .

Days 1-4: London, England

Tower of London • Trafalgar Square • Buckingham Palace • Big Ben • Kensington Gardens • Soho • Windsor Castle • Madame Tussauds Museum • St Paul’s Cathedral • Shopping in Knightsbridge

Days 5-8:  Edinburgh, Scotland

Edinburgh Castle • Real Mary King’s Close Tour • Holyrood • Arthur’s Seat • Royal Mile • Day Excursion to Loch Ness or Glencoe

Days 9-10: Dublin, Ireland

Grafton Street • Temple Bar • Trinity College • Phoenix Park • Guinness Museum

Expert Tips for Discerning Travelers

Cliffs of Moher in County Clare, Ireland

Cliffs of Moher in County Clare, Ireland

With two weeks for your England, Ireland, and Scotland itinerary, your options of visiting more than one key center in each are varied, affording you the opportunity to mix city and country adventures.

Unwind in the English countryside, visit the Lake District, one of the best places in England , or the Yorkshire Moors, then step into a medieval castle with captivating gardens in which to get lost.

Ireland’s Cliffs of Moher will see you standing in a dramatic landscape and the friendly folk in Glasgow, Scotland, will have you wishing you had more time to spare exploring the city's top places to visit .

Days 1-6 :  London and Surrounds, England

Tower of London • Buckingham Palace • St Paul’s Cathedral • Big Ben • Westminster Abbey • Hyde Park • Kensington Gardens • Hampton Court • Windsor Castle • Bath • York • Stonehenge

Days 7-8:  Edinburgh, Scotland

Edinburgh Castle • Royal Mile • Real Mary King’s Close

Days 9-10: Glasgow, Scotland

City Center Mural Trail • Kelvingrove Art Gallery • Glasgow Cathedral

Days 11-12: Dublin, Ireland

Grafton Street • Phoenix Park • Guinness Museum

Days 13-14: Galway, Ireland

Galway • Cliffs of Moher

Edinburgh, Scotland

Edinburgh, Scotland

England, Ireland, and Scotland invite visitors to take in picturesque landscapes, bustling cities, quaint villages set among rolling hills, or glistening lakes and seaside havens begging to be discovered.

Splitting your time among all three destinations is easy to do when you have 21 days for your adventure. Combine experiences that flow from urban to unique, and take long and windy roads that lead through farms and towns steeped in history.

From London to Leeds, Dublin to Derry, and Glasgow to Glencoe, there is so much to discover and enjoy when traveling for three weeks through England, Ireland, and Scotland.

Days 1-3 : London, England

Tower of London • Buckingham Palace • Big Ben • Westminster Abbey • St Paul’s Cathedral • Kensington Gardens • Hyde Park • Shopping in Knightsbridge

Days 4-7 : Northern England

Yorkshire • Leeds • Lake District Region

Days 8-9 : Edinburgh

Edinburgh Castle • Real Mary King’s Close • Royal Mile • Holyrood • Arthur’s Seat

Days 10-12: Scottish Highlands

Glencoe • Inverness

Days 13-14: Glasgow, Scotland

Style Mile • Kelvingrove Art Gallery • City Center Mural Trail

Days 15-16:  Belfast, Northern Ireland

Belfast Castle • Giant’s Causeway • Titanic Belfast

Days 17-18 :   Dublin, Ireland

Grafton Street • Guinness Museum • Trinity College • Temple Bar • Phoenix Park

Days 19-21: Southern Ireland

Galway • Limerick • Shannon

Aylesford village with medieval bridge in Kent, England

Alyesford Village in Kent, England

Three incredible destinations await you on your next adventure as you travel through the picture-postcard landscapes and embrace bustling cities with rich history and enchanting culture in England, Ireland, and Scotland. Explore our featured England, Ireland, and Scotland tours of varying durations to find the right length for your custom trip.

You can also browse our guide on the best time to visit England, Ireland, and Scotland to find the right months for your trip, and learn more in our England , Ireland , and Scotland travel guides.

Your Dream Vacation

in 3 simple steps

Describe your dream trip

Get matched with top travel specialists

Book the trip

Help Me Plan My Trip

Free service - no credit card required

Get Top Travel Specialists to Help Plan Your Trip

Related tour

Wander Onwards

How to Plan a Trip to England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales

Posted on Last updated: April 18, 2024

Times are tough. Money is scarce. We have a demonic cheeto for a president and one day, we will tell our offspring of these trying times… our ‘off-spring’ being our fur babies of course – since we can’t afford actual children until our $100K loan is paid off. So why not run away from your problems (like me!) overseas with my ultimate United Kingdom guide?

For your enjoyment (with minimal effort from you necessary), I’ve put together an ultimate United Kingdom guide so you can use your 10 – 14 days of holiday properly. Because you deserve ME TIME in a new place, with new adventures to remember for the rest of your life. Here’s how it works:

In the United Kingdom, there are 4 countries:

  • Northern Ireland

Ireland should not be confused with Northern Ireland as it is a free nation and actually part of the European Union. My United Kingdom guide will give you the best route to see all four countries (+ Ireland!), which will check off 5 countries in 12 days. If that’s not service – I don’t know what is!

The Golden Route:

** NOTE: This route can be done entirely with a car! Rent one easily (and affordably) with Expedia **

For my ‘Golden Route,’ you’ll approximately need – 12 days.

3 Days in London

1 Day in Oxford

1 Day in Snowdonia

2 Days in Dublin

2 Days in Belfast

1 Day in Glasgow

2 Days in the Isle of Skye

The reason I put together this adventure is because I really want everyone to get the most out of their experience abroad. Learning about other cultures, languages, and values only makes us more empathetic and understanding,

Plus, the United Kingdom is a great, safe first destination for those who are just starting out their traveling career! Come hungry, come happy, and come with an open mind!… and don’t forget to bring your party pants  (which means underwear in British English FYI) because you’re destined to have a great time!

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

London, England

For the last 4 years, I’ve called London my home. As the epicenter of the world – yeah I said it – London is filled with culture, history, and dreadful weather. Here are my top tips + my 24 Hours in London Walking Tour!

Weather :  July is the hottest month in London with an average temperature of  19 °C  ( 66 °F )  and the coldest is January at  5 °C  ( 41 °F ).  The wettest month is October so steer clear! ( More here )

Accommodation: The best neighborhoods to stay in are in Zone 1 & 2 . If you stay outside of Zone 1 & 2, you’re likely to make up whatever you would have saved in transportation costs.

Ideal Neighborhoods for Tourism are (click for hotels):

Mayfair  (££££)

Chelsea (£££)

Victoria (££)

Shoreditch (££)

I‘ve lived abroad for many years and love helping others find work abroad and figure out their “Move Abroad Plan.” Check out my class below to get you started ASAP!

Move Abroad Master Class

Download My London Walking Tour

** All the sights in 2 Hours & 10 km! **

Currency : We use the Great British Pound, which is about 1  USD =  0.75  GBP (Jul 2018)

Safety : London is completely safe for young families, solo female travelers, etc. Like every major city, we do have our issues but I would NEVER say that London is any more dangerous than major cities in the United States.

Food : A few classics that you should give a shot include –

Roast beef and Yorkshire pudding (bread pudding and meat)

Yorkshire Pudding (baked bread pudding)

Fish and chips (battered fish and french fries)

Lancashire Hotpot (lamb stew)

Pie and Mash (pastry pie with meat + mashed potatoes)

Bubble & Squeak (boiled potatoes and cabbage)

a woman standing in front of the London Eye

Oxford, England

Oxford is always a tourist favorite because it reminds them of Harry Potter and is a perfect example of the quaint British Countryside.

Weather : Like London,  July is the hottest month in Oxford with an average temperature of  16 °C  ( 61 °F )  and the coldest is January at 4 °C  ( 39 °F ) . The wettest month is December. ( More here )

Accommodation:  As public transportation is scarce, it’s best to stay near the city center of Oxford.

Oxford City Center (££)

Airbnb (£-££)

Currency : This is still in England so you’ll be using the Great British Pound

Food : Similar to the food you should try in London, I would also recommend having High Tea whilst you’re in the neighborhood. Have a castle experience along with your traditional high tea at  Malmaison Oxford .

Move Abroad Starter Kit

Snowdonia, Wales

With mountains as far as the eye can see, Wales is a lesser-known jewel of the Queen’s crown. Predominantly populated by farmers, civil servants, and everything in between, it’s a welcomed city break from hectic London.

Weather : The average temperature at low altitudes varies from about 9.5 °C (41 F) to 10.5 °C (50 f), with the higher values occurring around or near the coasts. The summer months (June, July, and August) are generally the sunniest and driest months. During the winter (December, January, and February) temperatures rarely drop below zero. They’re normally between 5 C and 7 C degrees.

Accommodation : There are plenty of hotels, B&Bs, and youth hostels scattered around the area. Check them out here.

Currency : Great British Pound

Cawl (stew)

Welsh Rarebit (rabbit with cheese)

Laverbread (seaweed dish)

Glamorgan Sausage (vegetarian sausage with cheese, leeks, and breadcrumbs)

a woman in Dublin, Ireland

Dublin, Ireland

Even though Ireland is its own entity and part of the European Union, I thought I would include it in my United Kingdom Guide since it’s so easy to get to and WELL worth the pit stop.

Before heading north, brush up on your history regarding why Ireland is NOT part of the United Kingdom. Prepare to have your passport ready as you cross from Holyhead, Wales into the Dublin seaport via one of the many ferries that runs daily.

Just a 2-hour ferry ride connects you to the world!… and you can officially say you’ve been to Europe 😉

Weather : J uly is the hottest month in Dublin with an average temperature of  16 °C  ( 60 °F )  and the coldest is January at  5 °C ( 41 °F ) . The wettest month is August, but this extends all year… bring an umbrella.

Accommodation : I can only recommend The Castle Hotel for those visiting Dublin. It’s close enough to the action (a 5-minute walk to Temple Bar Street), but far enough not to get caught up in the bar brawls. I also know the hotel manager personally and he got us a last-minute reservation to the Michelin Star restaurant – Chapter One – for my birthday! With antiques older than my country (America), it was an ideal location to experience the best that Dublin had to offer.

See more Dublin (££) hotels.

Download My Dublin Walking Tour

Currency : As part of the European Union, Ireland uses the EURO. The exchange rate to the dollar is about  1  USD = 0.85  EUR (July 2018).

Boxty (potato pancake)

Champ (mashed potato, scallions, and milk)

Colcannon (mashed potato, kale or cabbage)

Shepherd’s Pie/Cottage Pie (mashed potato, minced lamb/beef, and vegetables)

Belfast, Northern Ireland

Home to many of the Game of Thrones filming locations, Northern Ireland (part of the United Kingdom) definitely delivered. In just a few days, I managed to drive clean around the sea and land border of Northern Ireland since it’s only 14,130 km². 

Unfortunately, I didn’t spend any time in Belfast, but I have included my Game of Thrones Driving Tour below so you can map out your own expedition from Belfast if you’re keen.

Don’t forget to read up on the history between Northern Ireland and Ireland to really understand the significance of Belfast’s Peace Wall  and The Troubles between the Royalists and the Unionists.

Weather :  July is the hottest month in Belfast with an average temperature of  15 °C  ( 59 °F )  and the coldest is January at 4 °C  ( 39 °F ) . The wettest month is October, but it’s best to bring an umbrella all year round.

Accommodation : Whilst I never stayed in Belfast, I did stay in the countryside with The Tailor’s House . Because I was planning on taking a full tour around Northern Ireland (below) I wanted an easy launching point to reach all of my intended destinations. More on my trip through Northern Ireland here.

More hotels in Belfast

Private Coaching Session

Download My Game of Thrones Driving Tour

** See all the GOT filming locations in just a few days! **

Currency : GBP

Food : Traditional Northern Irish food includes:

Ulster Irish Stew (mutton, onions, and potato stew)

Steak and Guinness Pie (meat pie + Guinness!)

Bacon Butties (bacon sandwich)

Pastie Supper (minced pork, with potato, onion – fried)

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Glasgow, Scotland

I’ve only stopped in Glasgow on my way north to the Scottish Highlands, but the city was full of life, and even at 10 C (50 F)… locals were in shorts.

Glasgow is known as a major student city so there are plenty of affordable things to do for young people in the area. Everyone in Glasgow is incredibly friendly – and slightly difficult to understand – so you’ll be meeting loads of people and have the time of your life!… just, bring a raincoat.

Weather :  July is the hottest month in Glasgow with an average temperature of  15 °C  ( 59 °F )  and the coldest is January at 3 °C  ( 37 °F ).  The wettest month is January, but typically it rains all year round so bring a coat!

Accommodation : Because there’s not a lot of public transportation, I would recommend staying in the city center.

Find hotels in the city center of Glasgow here.

Oatcakes (biscuit)

Scotch Broth (lamb stew)

Colcannon (mashed potatoes with celery)

Haggis (bread pudding with sheep’s stomach)

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Isle of Skye, Scotland

Weather :  July is the hottest month in Isle of Skye with an average temperature of  13 °C  ( 55 °F )  and the coldest is January at  4 °C  ( 39 °F ) . The wettest month is October, but be prepared for rain all year round.

Accommodation : We’ve gone several times to the Isle of Skye and we typically use one location to launch our short day trips to alternate islands and locations. Try using Fort William or Broadford as a launching point for your day trips around the various lochs.  Read more about my Isle of Skye Guide here.

Airbnb (££) is your best bet for value and location

Hotels in Fort William

Hotels in Broadford 

Download My Isle of Skye Driving Tour

Food : traditional Scottish foods include (same as Glasgow!)

And that’s it!

Congrats! You’ve just made it through 5 countries, in 12 days, without going absolutely mental! I hope all my guides have helped and if you’re looking for more information, I always recommend using Trip Advisor.

** Search for AMAZING deals on flights and hotels on the Expedia Widget below **

  • Search Please fill out this field.
  • Manage Your Subscription
  • Give a Gift Subscription
  • Sweepstakes
  • Travel Destinations A-Z

How to Plan the Perfect Scotland Vacation

From fairy-tale castles to charming small towns, the Scottish countryside is every bit as spectacular as you've heard.

Best Times to Go to Scotland

Best things to do in scotland.

  • Getting to the Scottish Highlands

Where to Stay in Scotland

With its stately castles , glass-like lochs, and voluptuous glens, Scotland has always been a showstopper. The country's magic extends from its quaint small towns to the snow-capped peaks of its romantic, rugged Highlands to its dynamic modern cities like Glasgow and Edinburgh. It's home to some of the best national parks in the U.K. and more than 900 offshore islands with extraordinary wildlife like regal red stags, majestic golden eagles, humpback whales, and massive salmon (not to mention the fabled inhabitant of Loch Ness, too).

The raw, poetic beauty of this ancient land — formerly known as Caledonia — is difficult to overstate. If you're hoping to head to the U.K.'s ravishing northern nation, read on for our guide to planning the perfect Scotland vacation.

The bad news is that, like the rest of the U.K., Scotland's weather is far from reliable, even at the height of summer. But as long as you're prepared to accept that and pack a raincoat for the odd shower or two, then you'll be fine from May to September. The smart money is on visiting in June and the first two weeks of July, when Scotland basks in seemingly endless summer evenings (the sun doesn't set until 11 p.m. in some parts of the Highlands) and the British school holidays have not yet begun, so prices remain low.

For winter travelers, Scotland has the U.K.'s best ski resort at Cairngorm Mountain , while the capital, Edinburgh, hosts one of the world's biggest New Year's Eve parties, Hogmanay .

If you like the great outdoors, you'll love Scotland. It's an ideal place for hiking, biking, and generally embracing the wildly beautiful landscape. You can summit magnificent Ben Nevis in a day (the tallest mountain in the U.K., at 4,413 feet), take a ferry out to explore the Hebrides archipelago and its stunning white-sand beaches, tour scores of castles, including the Queen's favorite holiday home, Balmoral (open to the public every April through July), and dive into a quirky food scene encompassing dishes like haggis (an offal and oatmeal combo, which tastes significantly better than it sounds), deep-fried mars bars, and juicy scallops, langoustines, and mussels.

Scotland is also a mecca for both golfers ( St. Andrews Old Course is the headline act) and whisky lovers , with some of the world's best distilleries available to tour, including Johnnie Walker on Edinburgh's lively Princes Street, Glenlivet near pretty Ballindalloch, and the legendary Macallan on a sprawling country estate in nearby Aberlour.

If you enjoy driving, you'll find some of the U.K.'s emptiest, most dramatic roads here, too, (as driven by James Bond in "Skyfall"), including the latest official addition, the North Coast 500 , an action-packed 500-mile route (516 to be exact) featuring mind-boggling coastal scenery, jaw-dropping beaches, rolling hillside, quaint fishing villages, and multiple hidden gems.

And if you prefer your challenges on foot, check out the magnificent West Highland Way , the country's best-loved long-distance walking route. Snaking its way from Milngavie to Fort William, it covers some of Scotland's finest scenery over 96 miles and is normally completed from south to north.

Meanwhile, history buffs will also be agog on any visit to Scotland, thanks to its 3,000-plus castles ( Castle Sween in Argyll is the oldest, dating back to the 1100s), as well as plenty to check out in the winding wynds (narrow lanes) and twisted staircases of Edinburgh's enchanting Old Town. ( Edinburgh Castle , towering over the city, is arguably the grandest in the country, too.)

If you can, make time to visit Perth, the former Scottish capital where kings were crowned on the Stone of Destiny and infamous Glen Coe, a beautiful valley full of waterfalls and deer, also known for the brutal clan massacre of 1692 (which inspired the Red Wedding in George R. R. Martin's Game of Thrones ).

Where are the Scottish Highlands — and what is the best way to get there?

Jess Macdonald/Travel + Leisure

The clue is in its name: the Highlands are the mountainous upper half of Scotland, covering 10,000 square miles of picturesque scenery. The region's lively capital is Inverness , which sits centrally and is a superb base from which to explore, while other highlights include mysterious, misty Loch Ness, majestic Cairngorms National Park , and idyllic Isle of Skye , which has been connected to the mainland via a road bridge since 1995.

The easiest way to reach the Highlands is to fly into Inverness Airport from London or elsewhere in the U.K., or rent a car and drive from Glasgow or Edinburgh. However, the way to arrive in style is on the Caledonian Sleeper train from London Euston, a chugging time machine where you can fall asleep to the sounds of black cabs and bustle of the British capital and wake up among the red deer and magical glens of the Highlands. Regularly nominated as one of the world's best train journeys , the scenery gets truly spectacular after Fort William, as the route skirts a dramatic chain of lochs before descending into lush glens and crossing the Glenfinnan Viaduct made famous by the Harry Potter films. For the ultimate Hogwarts experience, steam locomotives work this route during the summer months, so check in advance for these special departures.

The major cities have an abundance of hotels for every budget, headlined by Glasgow's Kimpton Blythswood Square , a boutique property in the former headquarters of the Royal Scottish Automobile Club, and The Dunstane Houses in Edinburgh, a pair of beautifully renovated 19th-century townhouses.

Scotland arguably does traditional country house hotels and rustic lodges better than anywhere else in the world, with Fife Arms in Braemar and Gleneagles in Perthshire being particular treats (the latter, nicknamed the "Glorious Playground" boasts three championship golf courses, its own dedicated train station, and the only restaurant in the country with two Michelin stars).

Scotland is, of course, peppered with castles, and many have been converted into hotels and B&Bs in recent years, with some of the better fortified accommodation options including Glenapp Castle in Ayrshire, Inverlochy Castle in Fort William, Atholl Palace Hotel in Pitlochry, and Stonefield Castle Hotel on Loch Fyne.

Wherever you stay, you'll get a warm welcome — not to mention a hot bowl of Scottish porridge or a plate of bacon, eggs, and haggis to start the day in a spectacularly scenic country.

  • London Tourism
  • London Hotels
  • London Bed and Breakfast
  • London Vacation Rentals
  • Flights to London
  • London Restaurants
  • Things to Do in London
  • London Travel Forum
  • London Photos
  • All London Hotels
  • London Hotel Deals
  • Last Minute Hotels in London
  • Things to Do
  • Restaurants
  • Vacation Rentals
  • Travel Stories
  • Rental Cars
  • Add a Place
  • Travel Forum
  • Travelers' Choice
  • Help Center

Input on draft plan for Oct 4-day Trip to London w/ kids - London Forum

  • Europe    
  • United Kingdom (UK)    
  • England    
  • London    

Input on draft plan for Oct 4-day Trip to London w/ kids

  • United States Forums
  • Europe Forums
  • Canada Forums
  • Asia Forums
  • Central America Forums
  • Africa Forums
  • Caribbean Forums
  • Mexico Forums
  • South Pacific Forums
  • South America Forums
  • Middle East Forums
  • Honeymoons and Romance
  • Business Travel
  • Train Travel
  • Traveling With Disabilities
  • Tripadvisor Support
  • Solo Travel
  • Bargain Travel
  • Timeshares / Vacation Rentals
  • England forums
  • London forum

' class=

Hello TA Community!

Sun 10/13: Arrive from US at 7am on direct overnight flight & leave day flexible

Walk from hotel to see Palace of Westminster /" Big Ben ", Westminster Abby (outside), Buckingham Palace (outside). Royal Mews (tentative), St James Park .

If still energy, spend some time in Southbank/Jubilee Gardens and do London Eye (weather dependent).

Question: Is Princess Diana Memorial Playground worth the extra walking mileage to visit?

Mon 10/14: Day trip to Greenwich

Plan to pre-buy Royal Museums Greenwich Day Pass and do as many of the Greenwich sights we can manage! (Cutty Sark, Royal Observatory, Prime Meridian, National Maritime Museum, Old Naval College).

Leave evening open (Southbank/Jubilee Gardens/London Eye if didn't do day before).

Questions: It seems that a 24-hour Family Pass on City Cruises is a better option than using Thames Clippers as more outdoor seating and less stops. Any opinions/insights?

Would a mid-day stop at Greenwich market be a nice lunch break?

Is Meantime Brewing worth a stop/meal? My husband is a craft beer fanatic.

Tues 10/15: TOL/ Tower Bridge

Thames Clipper Waterloo Pier to Tower Pier, Tower of London (plan for this to be all AM plus lunch onsite), Tower Bridge (inside).

If time allows walk along Thames checking out Golden Hinde, Globe Theatre, & Millennium Bridge then take Thames Clipper from Bankside to London Eye stop

Dinner at Dishoom Covent Garden , Matilda Musical in West End

Questions: Is TOL ok to not pre-book in October? I'd like to leave the option to flop Mon/Tue daytime activities in case of bad weather.

How far in advance is it advisor to purchase theatre tickets?

How long should we allow for dinner at Dishoom? I plan to make reservations (allowed up to 545pm)

Matilda would be a splurge for us - anyone gone? Was it worth it? My kids LOVE the movie of the musical and I think they'd do fine in the theatre/sitting for the performance. If we did Greenwich this day instead due to weather, is making a theatre performance that evening realistic time-wise?

Wed 10/16: splitting up

Husband: Visit Stonehenge (likely via train to Salisbury then the Stonehenge Tour buses from Salisbury).

Mom/kids: Bus from hotel to Trafalgar Square , National Gallery (DIY art scavenger hunt for kids), Brigit's Bakery Paddington Afternoon Tea Bus Tour (1345 time), Leicester Square , Lego Store.

Evening open.

Questions: How far in advance is it advisable to pre-book the Brigit's Bus Tour?

Any advise for a self-day tour of Stonehenge?

Thur 10/17: Morning train to Edinburgh - time TBD, hopefully late enough to visit Platform 9 3/4 and HP Store :)

General Questions:

I plan to pre-buy Oyster Visitor cards for the adults - any recommendations on the amount to load on? It seems like the train/tube from LHR is our better choice than Heathrow Express . I anticipate using all the various public transport types but the clippers and bus more than the tube as the kids would do better on those.

Would dinner at BrewDog Waterloo and checking out the Leake St area graffiti be OK with kids (age 5/8)?

I'd love to fit in Leadenhall Market (for the Harry Potter factor) but it doesn't seem to fit anywhere - anyone have suggestions where to fit it in? Is it worth the HP hype?

My older daughter and I are big HP fans - any suggestions for fitting in any other bits of HP magic into our plans?

The Crossness Pumping Station has a tour on Tues 10/15, I am tempted to redo my plans to do this. I work in the wastewater treatment industry so I would love this, BUT doesn't seem like it's as family friendly/appealing for most as Greenwich. Someone talk me out of this wild idea ;)

12 replies to this topic

' class=

Don’t buy any Oyster cards in advance, if you need them get them when you arrive. The cards posted to you are the visitor version which is not recommended on here, take it you are arriving at Heathrow Airport in which you can get them the recommended regular version there and cost £7.00 each.

Instead each adult can use a contactless payment method, card or phone set up to tap & go, for details see

https://www.tripadvisor.co.uk/ShowTopic-g186338-i17-k14365176-Paying_for_public_transport-London_England.html

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

If you are Harry Potter fans I can't believe you're not planning to do the Harry Potter studios tour!

https://www.wbstudiotour.co.uk/tickets/?gad_source=1&gclid=CjwKCAjwoPOwBhAeEiwAJuXRh0EYRaX-onJQ_1S5obpSh4NgRadpnaMchJCdhGmG62a4mNxujhePnxoCROcQAvD_BwE&gclsrc=aw.ds

Agree with #1. Would not waste money or postage on visitor Oyster.

As much as I want to go to the Crossness Pumping Station, it still has not made my "top priority" list after multiple trips. Not sure it is easy to get to, and with your very limited time, it could end up occupying the better part of a day. Will take you over an hour to get there.

Post #2 in the linked article explains how credit cards, phones etc work. Basically you need a separate card/phone as you cannot use the same device. However they can be linked to the same account as each card/phone is seen as a different payment method. You need to make sure you use the same device each and every day and not swop between devices.

The daily cap and fares are the same whether you use contactless or oyster.

BTW, remember to check back on the replies you got on your previous post at https://www.tripadvisor.co.uk/ShowTopic-g186338-i17-k14554855-Preliminary_itinerary_for_Oct_2024_trip_with_kids_8_5-London_England.html#119015136

The producers of Matilda say "This production is not suitable for children under 6 years of age". The show is more than 2 1/2 hour long, far beyond the ability of a preschooler to sit quietly in their seat.

On your arrival day, consider joining a Fat Tire bike tour. Their office is in Waterloo, so the same area as your hotel and if you can leave your bags with them while you're out and about and then check in after the tour. It would be fun for your children and you'll tick off everything on your list for day one.

https://www.fattiretours.com/london/tours/london-bike-tour-with-river-thames-cruise/

--Is Princess Diana Memorial Playground worth the extra walking mileage to visit?--

It's just a playground

--Would a mid-day stop at Greenwich market be a nice lunch break?--

Meantime Brewery is not near the history part of Greenwich . I wouldn't make a special trip to visit.

--Is TOL ok to not pre-book in October?--

Yes, you don't need to book tickets in advance

--How far in advance is it advisor to purchase theatre tickets?--

As far as you can. For a musical like Matilda, there's a chance you can get discount tickets on the day as it's been going for a while, but it's always a gamble.

--How long should we allow for dinner at Dishoom ?--

The same amount of time your would for any dining experience you have with your family

--is making a theatre performance that evening realistic time-wise?--

Sure. The sun sets at around 6.30pm in October, so I expect you'll be gone from Greenwich by then. You could make the later show.

--How far in advance is it advisable to pre-book the Brigit's Bus Tour?--

As far as you can.

--Any advise for a self-day tour of Stonehenge?--

Expect the conditions to be cold. Stonehenge is very exposed and can be windy

--hopefully late enough to visit Platform 9 3/4 and HP Store--

Be aware there are Harry Potter shops around central London now. They're popped up on Charing Cross Road and Oxford Street amongst other placs, in addition to KIng's Cross.

--I plan to pre-buy Oyster Visitor cards for the adults--

Don't bother. Just use a contactless payment option (card, phone or watch)

--It seems like the train/tube from LHR is our better choice than Heathrow Express --

--Would dinner at BrewDog Waterloo and checking out the Leake St area graffiti be OK with kids (age 5/8)?--

Leake St is fine. You'll be joining many other people for photos. I wouldn't bother with Brewdog. I've never found their food or beer to be anything good. There is a Philadephia themed diner in Leake St called Passyunk. Also a Polish restaurant and a Thai place.

https://www.leakestreetarches.london/whatshere

Leadenhall Market is definitely worth visiting for the market buildings itself. Take a moment for a quick photo stop for the Harry Potter filming location as well. You can walk to there from the Tower of London .

With your limited time, I wouldn't bother with Crossness Pumping Station. It's interesting to visit, but not super easy to get to, and there's other things in London which will probably be better for you to visit with your family.

Best to write dates as DD/MM to avoid confusion

--if the same credit card can be used if both myself and my spouse have our own physical cards?--

Yes you can do that

  • TALF pub meet - Thursday April 18th at The Lamb in... 7:04 am
  • Accomodation near London 6:56 am
  • Day tours? 6:50 am
  • Recommendations please 6:09 am
  • great 1970's tube cars on picadilly line 5:57 am
  • Buckingham Palace tour 5:55 am
  • Transport to Winsdor Palace 4:00 am
  • National Express 3:17 am
  • Four Seasons Restaurant in Chinatown (SOHO) 2:44 am
  • Recommendation for best area to stay for short overnight tri 2:41 am
  • Finding a ticket machine in Heathrow Terminal 5 10:16 pm
  • Eating suggestions near Vaudeville Theatre please yesterday
  • Input on draft plan for Oct 4-day Trip to London w/ kids yesterday
  • What to do around the Abba Arena yesterday
  • Best Area of London to Stay for 2 nights 15 replies
  • How to get to Victoria Station from Heathrow? 10 replies
  • The London Pass...worth it or scam? 10 replies
  • Best hotel for Heathrow Terminal 3? 8 replies
  • Hostel/Hotel Near Liverpool Street Station 4 replies
  • outlet shops in London? 12 replies
  • Heathrow to Kings Cross 7 replies
  • London - factory / designer outlet malls 12 replies
  • weather in december 5 replies
  • Best Area to Stay in London 8 replies

London Hotels and Places to Stay

  • What can I do in London on a budget?
  • How to use Oyster Cards, Travelcards and 2-4-1 offers in London?
  • What is open in London on Christmas Day
  • The Championships, Wimbledon
  • Harry Potter in London - FAQ

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

Politics latest: Tories hit historic low in new poll; date set for latest Rwanda bill showdown

One polling firm has the Tories on 19%, the lowest level of support it has ever registered for the party; The Lords has passed further amendments to the government's Rwanda bill, meaning it will return to the Commons on Monday.

Thursday 18 April 2024 12:11, UK

Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player

  • Tories hit historic low in new poll
  • Date set for latest Rwanda showdown after Lords pass more amendments
  • Explained: Why the legislation hasn't passed yet
  • Beth Rigby: Plenty more showdowns to come as blame game begins
  • Defence secretary refuses to rule out using RAF planes for Rwanda flights
  • 'Correct and appropriate' MP facing allegations of misusing campaign funds has given up Tory whip, Shapps says
  • Menzies is no longer trade envoy, Sky News understands
  • Live reporting by  Faith Ridler

In a point of order in the Commons, Penny Mordaunt has confirmed that three police forces are looking into the social media scandal around William Wragg.

Wragg is at the centre of controversy after he admitted sharing colleagues' personal phone numbers with someone he met on a dating app.

Ms Mordaunt said today: "The honourable lady was asking about a raft of allegations, including the allegations starting with the honourable member for Hazel Grove. 

"And my understanding is that that particular issue is under a number....there's, I think, three police forces that are looking into it. I'm not aware of any other police investigations."

We know of two of these forces - the Metropolitan Police and Leicestershire Police.

You can read more about the situation below:

Back in the Commons, and Penny Mordaunt has defended the government's rejection of calls for Foreign Secretary Lord Cameron to be scrutinised in the Commons.

The Procedure Committee had recommended that he should take questions from MPs at the "bar" of the House, the white line on the Commons floor from behind which visitors must not pass while Parliament is sitting.

The committee said Lord Cameron should appear for Foreign Office Questions, for statements and urgent questions first in the Commons rather than the Lords, amid concerns about a lack of scrutiny of such a high-profile figure during a time of global turmoil.

But Commons leader Ms Mordaunt said: "Since the Foreign Secretary was appointed we have had eight FCDO (Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office) oral statements, three ministerial statements on foreign affairs, a general debate in Government time on the situation in the Red Sea and 17 Westminster Hall debates responded by FCDO ministers and oral questions in both Houses.

"We are sticking with the usual precedents of both Houses."

The Sky News live poll tracker - collated and updated by our Data and Forensics team - aggregates various surveys to indicate how voters feel about the different political parties.

With the local election campaign well under way, Labour is still sitting comfortably on a roughly 20-point lead, averaging at 43.5% in the polls, with the Tories on 23.4%.

In third is Reform UK on 12.3%, followed by the Lib Dems on 9.3%.

The Green Party stands at 6.3%, and the SNP on 3.1%.

See the latest update below - and you can read more about the methodology behind the tracker  here .

Anneliese Dodds, the Labour Party chair, has written to her Conservative counterpart asking why no action has been taken on "disturbing" allegations around Mark Menzies.

Mr Menzies is alleged to have used thousands of pounds given by donors to fund medical expenses and to have made a late-night call to an elderly aide asking for help because he had been locked up by "bad people" demanding money for his release, according to The Times.

The MP for Fylde in Lancashire, who was one of Rishi Sunak's trade envoys, disputes the allegations but the Conservative Party said it is taking them "seriously" and "will always investigate matters put to them".

The party's chief whip Simon Hart is said to have been made aware of the claims in January, when the former campaign manager reported what had happened.

In light of this, Ms Dodds has written to the Conservative Party Chair Richard Holden asking why no action has been taken.

She says: "These are deeply troubling allegations.

"Rishi Sunak and the Conservative Party have serious questions to answer about whether funds have been misused and why no action has been taken despite the allegations reportedly being known about since January.

"Rishi Sunak promised professionalism, integrity and accountability at all levels. He has delivered stagnation, scandal and sleaze which is engulfing his party. 

"Britain deserves better than this Conservative chaos."

A police investigation is required into allegations of an MP misusing campaign funds, Labour has told the Commons.

Lucy Powell, the shadow Commons leader, raised the case of Mark Menzies, who lost the Conservative whip while the party investigates the claims - which the MP for Fylde disputes.

She said: "Today's revelations about the Member for Fylde are extraordinary but they raise some very serious questions about the misuse of funds and the pressure put on others to facilitate it; perhaps more importantly also how these issues are handled by the Conservative Party.

"There's a worrying pattern here of cover-up and inaction. So, can she shed some light: what and when did the chief whip, prime minister and the party chairman know? Why did it take the publication of the story today for the whip to be removed? Has this matter been referred to the police, if not why not?

"It seems that yet again, like with the Member for Hazel Grove (William Wragg) and so many other recent cases of sleaze and scandal, they're too weak to act decisively and instead choose to brush things under the carpet."

Commons leader Penny Mordaunt did not make reference to any specific case in her reply, saying: "(Ms Powell) mentions some very serious allegations and other incidents that came to light during the course of the recess.

"These are very serious matters and some of them are under police investigation, she wouldn't expect me to comment on that."

"Absolutely nuts" was how former prime minister Boris Johnson described Rishi Sunak's plan to gradually phase out smoking - banning anyone born since the start of 2009 from ever being able to buy cigarettes or tobacco products like vapes.

Liz Truss, who was also briefly prime minister in between the two men, is also among some critical of the proposal - which she described as "profoundly un-conservative".

Tories were given a free vote in the Commons - allowing them to vote with their conscience, not necessarily the government.

But will the policy create a smoke-free generation? And what will it mean for Conservative Party ideology?

Niall Paterson looks at the health implications with Alice Wiseman, vice president of The Association of Directors of Public Health, and the politics of the policy with Sky's political editor Beth Rigby and Tory peer Lord Frost, who disagrees with the planned legislation.

👉 Listen above then tap here to follow the Sky News Daily wherever you get your podcasts 👈

Mark Menzies is no longer a trade envoy in the wake of an investigation, Sky News understands.

Mr Menzies gave up the Conservative whip on Wednesday after it was alleged he used thousands of pounds given by donors to fund medical expenses and that he made a late-night call to an elderly aide asking for help because he had been locked up by "bad people" demanding money for his release,  according to The Times .

Sky News understands there has been an investigation ongoing by CCHQ since the allegations were first raised in January.

It is said "further information" came to light yesterday and the chief whip acted "immediately".

NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde has "paused" the prescription of puberty blockers for young people seeking gender-affirming care in Scotland, the health board has announced.

In a statement, the board said the decision came with the support of Scotland's chief medical officer Professor Sir Gregor Smith following a review by Dr Hilary Cass in England which prompted the health service south of the border to take the same action.

Dr Emilia Crighton, director of public health at the board, said: "The findings informing the Cass Review are important and we have reviewed the impact on our clinical pathways.

"The next step from here is to work with the Scottish government and academic partners to generate evidence that enables us to deliver safe care for our patients.

"We echo the views of Dr Hilary Cass that toxicity around public debate is impacting the lives of young people seeking the care of our service and does not serve the teams working hard to care and support them.

"We understand the distress that gender incongruence can cause and, while all referrals to endocrinology are paused, we will continue to give anyone who is referred into the young people gender service the psychological support that they require while we review the pathways in line with the findings."

The Cass Review criticised the lack of evidence around the use of puberty blockers and other medical intervention, with the health board - which controls Scotland's only gender clinic for under-18s at the Sandyford in Glasgow - saying it would work with the government on research into the treatments.

Penny Mordaunt, the leader of the House of Commons, has just confirmed the Rwanda bill will be considered by MPs again on Monday.

This will be to give their verdict on two amendments passed by peers last night.

On Tuesday, there will be further consideration of the Safety of Rwanda Bill "if necessary", Ms Mordaunt says.

 By Tim Baker , political reporter

A Conservative peer has called for an election to take place "sooner rather than later" - adding that if the government were accountable to shareholders, they would have been sacked.

Lord Stuart Rose, the former chief executive officer of Marks and Spencer and current chair of Asda, was speaking to the Politics Hub With Sophy Ridge on Sky News.

He has been a Conservative peer since 2014 and was not previously an MP.

Lord Rose told Sophy that he is "not a mouthpiece for the government" - but is rather "a Conservative because I believe in Conservative values".

You can read more from Sky News below:

Be the first to get Breaking News

Install the Sky News app for free

plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

IMAGES

  1. The Ultimate Road Trip Map of 26 Places To See Across Great Britain

    plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

  2. 2 Weeks in England, Ireland and Scotland Itinerary

    plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

  3. Road Trip Map Of England And Scotland

    plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

  4. Road Trip Map Of England And Scotland

    plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

  5. Scotland Road Trip: 8 Incredible Routes for an Epic Trip

    plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

  6. The Ultimate London-Scotland-Ireland Itinerary

    plan a trip to london ireland and scotland

VIDEO

  1. spontaneous field trip to Bordeaux, France

  2. 7 Days in London 2022 (including trips to The Cotswolds & Oxford) 🏴󠁧󠁢󠁥󠁮󠁧󠁿

  3. Weekend in Northern Ireland

  4. How to plan Scotland Trip UK| മലയാളം Vlog|willus life|wilsontthomas

  5. Let's Explore London

COMMENTS

  1. The Ultimate London-Scotland-Ireland Itinerary

    Average high temperatures in England and Ireland in winter clock in around 5-7ºC (41-45ºF) and 0-5ºC (32-41ºF) in Scotland. Winter in Britain and Ireland can be miserable, however, many do like to travel around Christmas time in order to enjoy the decorations and markets scattered throughout the cities. Cities like London and Edinburgh have ...

  2. The Perfect Guide To Two Weeks In England Scotland and Ireland

    Some Of The Best Tours Around The UK & Ireland. Check out G Adventures for curated trips around Scotland and Ireland.; Contiki offers 18-35-year-olds travel adventures withing UK covering a mix of itineries from Great Britain and Ireland, England and Scotland and Ireland.; Two weeks in England, Scotland and Ireland. The perfect UK and Ireland itinerary start with London.

  3. The Perfect Scotland and Ireland Itinerary

    Scotland and Ireland Itinerary. Ireland. Day 1: Arrive in Dublin. Day 2: Explore Dublin. Day 3 & 4: Take an overnight Trip to the West of Ireland. Day 5: Wicklow Mountains. Day 6 & 7: Northern Ireland and back to Dublin. Scotland. Days 1-2: Explore Edinburgh.

  4. 2 Weeks in the UK

    Im planning a 2 week trip which shall include England, Wales, Ireland and Scotland during the month of October 2022. Is it feasible to cover all the places in 2 weeks considering that we are a group of 6 adults and 2 children ( 11 and 12 yrs) or shall we skip any of the destinations.

  5. The Ultimate London-Scotland-Ireland Itinerary

    Along includes the beautiful colours of the changing leaves, average highs is England or Ireland land somewhere around 10-17ºC (50-63ºF) and 8-14ºC (46-57ºF) in Scotland.

  6. 10 days in London and Scotland: a full itinerary

    This travel plan will allow time to get to know London and see the sights before whisking you off to the Highlands of Scotland and you'll also be able to add in the Isle of Skye and Edinburgh too! All in 10 days. Read on for this UK itinerary including London and Scotland and get the low down of what you can do! A note from the writer: Hey!

  7. The Perfect Itinerary for 7 Days in London and Edinburgh

    Day 4: Visit Loch Ness & Glencoe. On day 4 of your 7 days in London, we will be taking a full-day trip to none other than…Loch Ness! Home of the infamous Loch Ness Monster, this beautiful lake cannot be missed. On this trip, we will also get to see Glencoe, an area with breathtaking views of the Scottish Highlands.

  8. A 10-Day London and Edinburgh Itinerary

    We loved this because Meg is my mom's name! And don't miss the cranachan—a traditional Scottish dessert with berries and cream. Yum! As a recap, here's the basic 10-day London and Edinburgh itinerary. Day 1: Buckingham Palace, Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, Thames River Cruise, Borough Market. Day 2: Warner Bros Studios.

  9. How to Plan a Trip to England, Ireland and Scotland

    Day 1 - London. The capital is a natural place to start your England, Ireland and Scotland itinerary since London is home to many international airports. Ease yourself in, with a gentle morning in Southbank - London Waterloo is the nearest train station. With pre-booked tickets, make your way to The London Eye - this is a great vantage ...

  10. Best of London & Scotland & Ireland

    Best of London & Scotland & Ireland. Tour rating: 5 / 5, Based on 210 Reviews. Small group tour to United Kingdom, Ireland. Embark on an unforgettable 17-day journey across the British Isles. From London's grandeur to Scotland's wilderness and Ireland's charm, experience a captivating blend of iconic sights and cultures.

  11. 2 Weeks in England and Ireland

    Where to stay near Putney High Street, London. "Putney Perfect" 3 Bedroom House with Beautiful Interiors- sleeps 5. "Putney Hill Pad" 3 Bedroom House with a Balcony- sleeps 6. "Dolby Delight" Spacious 2,153 sq ft 3 Bedroom with a Patio Garden- sleeps 6. Spacious Contemporary Flat with a Patio- sleeps 3.

  12. How To Plan A Trip To England, Ireland, And Scotland

    In England and Scotland, a handshake is common, while in Ireland, a warm smile and a friendly "hello" are commonly exchanged. It's always polite to use "please" and "thank you" in interactions. 3. Tipping: Tipping is customary in restaurants, bars, and for services like taxis or tour guides.

  13. Ultimate 2 Weeks in the UK

    Accommodation in London is one of the most expensive in the world, but it's not the same cost in Cardiff or even Edinburgh. But to give you an average range, an estimate of $2,300 is a decent budget for 2 weeks in the UK. Accommodation is the most expensive and transport cost and entry fees are the most affordable.

  14. England, Ireland and Scotland Tours & Trips

    England, Ireland and Scotland Tours & Trips. If you have been longing to see England, Scotland and Ireland in one go, now is your chance. Book one of our Western European tours and let yourself be carried away through London and Oxford University, the Scottish Highlands, Dublin and Galway. Read here the best 7 day Ireland travel itineraries, 10 ...

  15. UK & Ireland Travel Guide

    The ultimate UK & Ireland travel guide to help you plan a visit including tips for routes, transport, places to see and more. ... The Ultimate London-Scotland-Ireland Itinerary. The Ultimate 10-Day England Itinerary: 3 Perfect Routes ... Planning a trip to England, Wales, Scotland or Ireland can seem a bit daunting, especially when confronted ...

  16. How to Plan a Trip to England, Ireland and Scotland

    03. Figure out Visa restrictions. 04. Create an itinerary for your trip. Tips to plan an England, Scotland, and Ireland itinerary. England, Ireland and Scotland 15-day itinerary (the ultimate two weeks UK itinerary) 05. Book your flights from home. How do find the best flight price to England, Ireland and Scotland.

  17. The Ultimate Guide to a Perfect Trip to Ireland and Scotland

    First things first, let's talk timing. Ireland and Scotland wear different outfits each season. So, you can plan your trip any time of the year. Picture this: lush green landscapes bathed in golden sunlight, a gentle breeze carrying the scent of wildflowers, and a sense of magic in the air. That's Ireland and Scotland at their finest, and ...

  18. 10 Tips for Planning a Trip to Scotland and Ireland

    It will likely take at least 2 hours to drive there. Wild Atlantic Way Viewpoint @ Tullan Strand. 5. The roads are narrow and full of sheep. One of the reasons it might take you a while to get from point A to point B while on a Scottish Highlands or Ireland road trip might be due to the narrow roads.

  19. How to Plan The Best Trip to Ireland & Scotland! [2024]

    Step 5: Organize Your Itinerary. 2-Week Itinerary for a Trip to Ireland and Scotland. Day 1 and 2: Explore Dublin. Day 3 and 4: Take an Overnight Trip to the West of Ireland. Day 5: County Wicklow. Day 6 and 7: Northern Ireland and back to Dublin. Day 8 and 9: Explore Edinburgh. Day 10: Scottish Highlands.

  20. How to Spend 10, 14, or 21 Days in England, Ireland & Scotland

    Eilean Donan Castle in the Highlands of Scotland. Embark on an epic adventure of classic England, Ireland, and Scotland by dividing your time between the three countries over 10, 14, and 21 days. Explore rich English heritage in key cities such as London and York, then venture into the Scottish Highlands, where cows and sheep roam free in ...

  21. UK & Ireland Trip Planner

    Plan a Trip to UK & Ireland. With the UK & Ireland itinerary planner by Triptile™. The UK and Ireland, rich in history and beauty, invite you to explore their diverse landscapes and cultures. From England's rolling hills to Ireland's rugged coastlines, these lands boast countless wonders. Discover Stonehenge's ancient mysteries or Edinburgh ...

  22. How to Plan a Trip to England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales

    Don't forget to read up on the history between Northern Ireland and Ireland to really understand the significance of Belfast's Peace Wall and The Troubles between the Royalists and the Unionists. Weather : July is the hottest month in Belfast with an average temperature of 15 °C ( 59 °F ) and the coldest is January at 4 °C ( 39 °F ) .

  23. How to Plan the Perfect Scotland Vacation

    Jess Macdonald/Travel + Leisure. The clue is in its name: the Highlands are the mountainous upper half of Scotland, covering 10,000 square miles of picturesque scenery. The region's lively capital ...

  24. London Forum

    1 review. Accomodation near London. Apr 17, 2024, 11:07 PM. My friend and I are from Australia and planning to do a 15 day tour of England, Ireland and Scotland with extended 10 day stay in London to hire a car to travel around England. Can anyone recommend somewhere cheap to stay which is close to London or on the outskirts… either hotel or B&B.

  25. Input on draft plan for Oct 4-day Trip to London w/ kids

    15 helpful votes. Input on draft plan for Oct 4-day Trip to London w/ kids. Apr 15, 2024, 2:45 PM. Save. Hello TA Community! We will be visiting London /Scotland for 2 weeks this October as a family (Parents plus kids aged 5 & 8). I've visited London previously but it is my husband's first time and kids' first international trip ever!

  26. Politics latest: UK needs Iron Dome to protect London, MP argues

    Politics latest: UK needs Iron Dome to protect London, MP argues; Rwanda plan dealt another Lords defeat. Rishi Sunak's smoking ban passes convincingly on second reading, despite high-profile Tory ...